仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇1】
一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：
1、學(xué)習(xí)be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句、特殊疑問句及其答語。
2、學(xué)習(xí)句型：What’s your name?和Where is/are sb .from?（特殊疑問句）
二、教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：
短語：1.Excuse me 請(qǐng)?jiān)?BR> 2.be from 來自
3.my name 我的名字
三、教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：
1、一般疑問句：Are you from…?
2、特殊疑問句：What’s your name?/ Where is/are sb .from?
四、自主學(xué)習(xí)（一）：
1、閱讀對(duì)話并且翻譯；
五、新課導(dǎo)入:
1、閱讀9-10頁單詞表：excuse me what your name please where from Canade America Japan England they who Cuba he she ；
2、對(duì)話題2對(duì)話進(jìn)行詞句翻譯；
3、回顧上一節(jié)課內(nèi)容，be動(dòng)詞：is am are
六、自主學(xué)習(xí)（二）：
1、找出be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句；
七、講授新課：
1、找出be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句；Are you from Canada?
(be動(dòng)詞提前，句末加問號(hào)；be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面的主語變化而變化.肯定回答：Yes.I am/she is /he is they are.否定回答：No.I’m not/she isn’t/they aren’t)
1、找出特殊疑問句：What’s your name?/Where are you from?
(以What/ Where+be動(dòng)詞+sb 開頭的疑問句，be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面主語的變化而變化.)
2、找出be...from短語：表示某人來自某地（be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面主語的變化而變化.）
八、板書設(shè)計(jì)：
一般疑問句：be+主語…
回答：Yes.主語+be/No.主語+not
F:Are you from Canada?
Yes.I am/No.I am not.
特殊疑問句：Where+be+主語+from
F:Where is she from?
What+be+主語
F:What’s your name?
短語：be…from：表示某人來自某地
九、課堂小結(jié)：
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇2】
Topic 2
Section A
教學(xué)目標(biāo)：1.談?wù)搶W(xué)校建筑。2.談?wù)撆d趣喜好。3.學(xué)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。
重點(diǎn): 1，2a and 3 難點(diǎn)：現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)與一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的區(qū)別
教具 錄音機(jī)
課時(shí)建議：1～2
教學(xué)過程：
第一步：復(fù)習(xí)
1.師生問答，復(fù)習(xí)第一個(gè)話題中的重點(diǎn)句子。
T: How do you usually go to school？
S: I usually go to school on foot.
T: How does your father often go to work?
S: He often goes to work by car.
T: How often do you go to the library?
S: Three times a week.
2.找?guī)讉€(gè)同學(xué)在班上作關(guān)于自己爸爸或媽媽一天情況的報(bào)道。
第二步：呈現(xiàn)
1.把1的圖畫展示給大家，學(xué)習(xí)表示學(xué)校建筑的名詞:library， playground， lab， computer room， canteen， gym， classroom building， swimming pool， dormitory...
2.請(qǐng)A同學(xué)到前面去跳舞，在這個(gè)同學(xué)跳舞的同時(shí)，老師問：
What is she doing?（幫助學(xué)生回答）She is dancing.
（然后再問）Is she dancing?（幫助學(xué)生回答）Yes， she is.
Is she singing? No，she isn’t.
3.請(qǐng)三名同學(xué)輕輕地唱The More We Get Together。
（老師邊問邊回答）What are they doing?
They are singing.
Are they singing? Yes， they are.
Are they dancing? No， they aren’t.
4.聽2a回答問題。
Which place does Kangkang like best? / What is he doing?
Which place does Wang Wei like best? / What is he doing？
第三步：鞏固
1.聽1，把圖畫與單詞搭配起來。
2.再次播放2a，根據(jù)課文內(nèi)容完成2b。
第四步：練習(xí)
1.兩人一組讀2a，一個(gè)是Jane，另一位是Michael。
2.參看3里的圖畫回答下列問題，然后聽錄音核對(duì)答案。
What is Jane doing? / What is Michael doing?
3.聽3，兩個(gè)一組問和答。
4.看4的圖畫，兩人一組問和答。以圖畫①為例。
A: Where is she?B: She is in the gym.
A: Is she in the computer room?B: No， she isn’t.
A: What is she doing? B: She is dancing.
第五步：綜合探究活動(dòng)
用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)描述在操場(chǎng)上有許多人正在進(jìn)行各種活動(dòng)的場(chǎng)景。例如：
On the playground， Mr. Li and Mr. Wang are playing table tennis now. Liu Jun and his good friends are playing basketball. Look there! Some girls are playing the guitar..
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇3】
秋初三年英語公開課教案
課題《Review Unit One Topic 2》
教學(xué)重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)：
1. 本單元重要的語言點(diǎn)
2. 現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)
教學(xué)過程:
1. Read the words
2. Listen to the tape
3. The important language points :
(1) Call sb call sb up give sb a ring telephone sb
(2) Be in / be at home
(3) Not … any more / not … any longer / no longer
(4) Because / because of
(5) Get lost / be lost
(6) Fin d / look for
(7) Each other / one another
(8) Hate doing / hate to do
(9) On the phone / radio
(10) Do some shopping / washing / cleaning
(11) What’s the population of China ? It’s 1.3 billion
Have a population of + 數(shù)字 large / small
(12) Increase by 增長(zhǎng)了 increase to 增加到
(13) Developed / developing countries
(14) So it is .
(15) Carry out . the one – child policy
(16) More than / over
(17) Half of …..的一半
分?jǐn)?shù)表達(dá): one fifth two fifths a quarter a half
(18) Because / because of / thanks to
(19) Find jobs / get jobs
(20) Satisfy sb / be satisfied with
(21) So far 迄今為止
(22) Take measures to do sth
(23) Work well in doing 做某事取得成效
(24) Have fun doing sth
(25) Such as +并列名詞 for example / instance , +從句
4. 現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)：(二)
(1)和for , since 引導(dǎo)的短語、從句連用
(2)和already / yet / never / ever / just / before / so far
5.Homework :
Exercise :
完成下列句子：
1. Could you tell me some ____________(有趣的) places around here ?
2. The population in developing ___________(國(guó)家)is growing faster .
3. China has already _____________(執(zhí)行)the one – child policy .
4. ___________(多虧于) the policy , China is developing quickly .
5. Have you found him _________(已經(jīng))？
6. I have __________(never /ever )been there before . I want to go there again .
7. I _______________(have lived / lived) since I was three .
8. China has the ____________(larger / largest ) population in the world .
9. We still have a long way __________(to go / going )
10. Natural _____________(environments / environment) are becoming worse and worse .
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇4】
Unit 5 第5單元
Topic 1How do you usually come to school? 話題1你通常怎樣去上學(xué)？ gaten．大門
the same to對(duì)……也一樣 by prep．乘（車等）；靠近，在……旁；在……時(shí)間；不遲于；被；用；由
subway(underground)n．地下鐵道；地鐵交通 always adv．總是，一直；永遠(yuǎn) come on快點(diǎn)兒；加油；來吧 on foot走路，步行 go to school去上學(xué) planen．飛機(jī)
trainn．火車；v． 培訓(xùn)，訓(xùn)練 ship n．船，輪船 boatn．小船，小舟 Ms． n．女士（用在婚姻狀況不明的女子姓氏或姓名前）grandmothern．奶奶；外婆 groupn．組，群
weekdayn．平日（星期一至星期五的任何一天）early adj．早的；adv．早地 bird n．鳥
catchv．捉?。唤幼?；趕上；染上（疾?。﹚orm n．軟體蟲，蠕蟲（尤指蚯蚓）sometimesadv．有時(shí)
seldomadv．很少；不常 walkv． & n．步行；散步 neveradv．決不，從來沒有 ridev．騎（自行車、馬等）；乘車；n．乘車旅行 parkn．公園；v．停放（汽車）homeworkn．家庭作業(yè)
do(one’s)homework做家庭作業(yè)
watchv．觀看；注視；當(dāng)心，注意；n．手表，表 TV=television n． 電視；電視機(jī) watch TV看電視 interviewern．采訪者 America n．美國(guó)
lifen．生活；生命；人生
Americanadj．美國(guó)的；美國(guó)人的；n．美國(guó) or conj．或者，還是；否則
fewadj．很少的，不多的；pron．不多，少數(shù) have lunch 吃午飯
at school在學(xué)校；在上課 dayn．
（一）天，（一）日；白天
restn．休息；剩余的部分，其余的人（物）；v．休息，歇息
have a rest休息 play v．打（球）；玩；游戲；播放；n．玩耍；戲劇 basketballn．籃球
soccer(football BrE)n．足球（運(yùn)動(dòng)）swim v．& n．游；游泳 go swimming去游泳 and so on……等等 balln．球；舞會(huì)
gamen．比賽；運(yùn)動(dòng)；游戲
moreadv．更；另外；adj．另外的；較多的（much或many的比較級(jí)）
talkn．講話，交談；n．談話，演講 listen v．聽，仔細(xì)聽 listen to聽……
musicn．音樂；樂曲
libraryn．圖書館，圖書室
mustv．必須，應(yīng)當(dāng)；必定是；n．必須做（或看、買等）的事
firstadv．& adj．第一；首次；最初；num．第一 readv．讀；朗讀
onceadv．一次；從前，一度；cortj．一旦 weekn．星期，周 twiceadv．兩次；兩倍 everyadj．每一，每個(gè)的 beginv．開始；著手 have classes上課
whilen．一會(huì)兒，一段時(shí)間；conj． ……（然）而；雖然；在……的時(shí)候；和……同時(shí) bedn．床 go to bed睡覺 Unit 5 第5單元
Topic 2 He is runnig on the playground.話題2他在操場(chǎng)上跑步。makev．制造，做；使得 cardn．卡片；名片；紙牌 boring adj．乏味的，無聊的 soonadv．很快，馬上，不久 runv．跑，奔跑
playgroundn．操場(chǎng)，運(yùn)動(dòng)場(chǎng) dancev．& n．跳舞
gymgymnasium n．體育館，健身房；體操 dormitoryn．學(xué)生宿舍（縮寫式dorm）sleep v．睡覺；睡；n．睡覺
cleanv．弄干凈，擦干凈；adj．清潔的，干凈的lab laboratory；n．實(shí)驗(yàn)室
computern．計(jì)算機(jī)；電腦
roomn．室，房間；空間；地方
halln．大廳，會(huì)堂，禮堂；過道
dining hall 餐廳；食堂
classroomn．教室
buildingn．大樓；建筑物；房屋
swimmingn．游泳，游泳運(yùn)動(dòng)
pooln．水池，水塘
borrowv．（向別人）借用；借
coursen．過程；經(jīng)過；課程
of course當(dāng)然
useV．使用，利用，應(yīng)用；n．用，使用，得到利用 better adv．更好地；更；adj． 較好的；更好的（good和well的比較級(jí)）
look for 尋找
shelf（pl．shelves）n．架子；擱板；擱層；礁；陸架 keepv．保存；保持；繼續(xù)不斷
return v．歸還；回，歸
on time準(zhǔn)時(shí)，按時(shí)
pleasuren．高興，愉快
postn．郵件；郵政，郵寄；v．投寄，郵寄 bye-byeinterj．再見
purse n．錢包
money n．錢；貨幣
elseadv．別的，其他的picturen．照片；圖片；畫片
putv．放，擺
put on穿，戴上；上演
aroundadv．在周圍；在附近；大約；prep．在……周圍
show sb．a(chǎn)round領(lǐng)某人參觀
sit（過去式sat）v．坐
writev．寫，書寫；寫作，著述
at the back of在……的后面
drawv．繪畫；繪制；拉，拖
becauseconj．因?yàn)?BR> Japaneseadj．日本的；日本人的；日語的；n．日本人；日語
wonderfuladj．了不起的；美妙的alsoadv．也，而且，此外
Unit 5
第5單元
Topic 3My school life is very interesting.話題3我的學(xué)校生活非常有趣。
today
adv．在今天，在今日；n．今天 Wednesdayn．星期三 Mondayn．星期一 physicsn．物理（學(xué)）Tuesdayn．星期二 geographyn．地理（學(xué)）Thursdayn．星期四 P．E．（physical education的縮寫）n．體育 Fridayn．星期五 artn．美術(shù)，藝術(shù)；技藝 mathn．（美口語）數(shù)學(xué) sciencen．科學(xué)，自然科學(xué) historyn．歷史；歷史的 meetingn．會(huì)；集會(huì)；會(huì)見；匯合點(diǎn) activityn．活動(dòng) lessonn．課，功課；教訓(xùn) learnn．學(xué)，學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)會(huì) easyadj．容易的，不費(fèi)力的 interestingadj．有趣的 difficultadj．難的，艱難的；不易相處的 whichpron．那（哪）一個(gè)；那（哪）些 subjectn．學(xué)科；主語；主體；主題；題目 bestadv．& adj．最好地（的）（good和well的最高級(jí)）storyn．故事，小說 friendlyadj．友好的 otheradj．別的，另外的；pron．別人，別的東西 news n．新聞，消息 attention n．注意，關(guān)心 betweenprep．在（兩者）之間；在……中間 stamp n．郵票 worldn．世界 Saturdayn．星期六 from..．to...從……到…… nightn．夜，夜間 placen．地點(diǎn)，地方 programn．節(jié)目；項(xiàng)目 Februaryn．(Feb．)二月 newspapern．報(bào)紙 hardadj．努力的，辛苦的；困難的，艱難的；硬的；adv．努力地；使勁；猛烈地 wishn．愿望，祝愿；v．希望，想要，祝愿 Unit6 第六單元 Topic 1 Is there a computer in your study? 你的書房里有電腦嗎？ gardenn.花園，果園，菜園
bedroomn．臥室，寢室
secondnum．第二； adj．第二的;n.秒
floor n．(樓房的)層；地面，地板
next to 在……近旁；緊鄰
upstairsadv．到樓上，在樓上
bathroomn．浴室，盥洗室
front n．前面；前部；前線;aaj．前面的；前部的 in front of在……前面
housen．房子，住宅
grandfathern.爺爺；外公
behindprep．(表示位置)在……后面;adv．在后面；向后
doorn．門
talk about 談?wù)?，議論
nearprep．在……附近，靠近； aaj．近的 lampn．燈，油燈；光源
clockn．鐘
under prep．& adv．在……下面；向……下面 table n．桌子；表格
key n．鑰匙；答案；鍵；關(guān)鍵
awayadv．離開，遠(yuǎn)離
put away將……收起；把……放回原處
thingn．東西，物；(p1．)物品，用品；事情 dadn．(口語)爸爸，爹爹
windownn．窗戶；計(jì)算機(jī)的窗口
modeln．模型；范例；模范
rivern．河；江；水道
centern．中心，中央
in the center of在……中心
yardn．院子；場(chǎng)地；碼
beautifuladj．美的，美麗的，美觀的flowern．花
largeadj．大的，巨大的leftn．左，左邊； adv．向左； adj．左邊的 peoplen．人；人們
mirrorn．鏡子
drawer n．抽屜
chairn．椅子
keyboardn．鍵盤
pencil-box n．鉛筆盒
Unit 6
第六單元
Topic2 What kind of home do you live in?
話題2 你住在什么樣的房子里？)
country n．農(nóng)村，鄉(xiāng)下;國(guó)家 month n．月，月份 Mrsn．夫人，太太(稱呼已婚婦女)furnituren．(總稱)家具 quietadj．安靜的；寂靜的 per prep．每，每一 neighbor n．鄰居，鄰人 storen．商店；大百貨公司 bankn．銀行；(河、海、湖等的)岸，堤 streetn．街，街道 cornern．(街道)拐角；角；角落 museumn．博物館，博物院 supermarketn．超級(jí)市場(chǎng)，超市 stationn．車站，站，所 mailv．(美)郵寄;n．郵政；郵遞 restaurantn．飯館，飯店 hearv．聽見；聽說，得知 pianon．鋼琴 loudadj．大聲的 reallyadv．真正地；到底；確實(shí) endn．末尾，終點(diǎn)，結(jié)束；v．結(jié)束，終止 at the end of… 在……的結(jié)尾／末端 road n．路，道路 communityn．社區(qū)；社會(huì) child(pl.children)n．兒童，小孩 a lot of(=lots of)許多，大量 closeadj．近，靠近；親密的；adv．近，靠近；v．關(guān)，關(guān)閉 faradj．遠(yuǎn)的；adv．遠(yuǎn)地 far from遠(yuǎn)離 servicen.服務(wù) arean．地區(qū)；范圍；面積 stopn.(停車)站，停；v．停止；阻止 fann.風(fēng)扇；(電影、運(yùn)動(dòng)等的)迷；熱心的愛好者(支持者)linen.電話線路；線，線路；行，排 badadj．壞的，不好的 someonepron.某一個(gè)人 checkv．檢查；核對(duì)；批改；n．檢查；批改 movev．搬家；移動(dòng)，搬動(dòng) countrysiden．鄉(xiāng)下，農(nóng)村 cityn．市，城市，都市 trafficn．交通；來往車輛 costn．費(fèi)用；花費(fèi)；價(jià)錢；v．值(多少錢)；花費(fèi) missv．思念；未見到；未聽到；錯(cuò)過 fresh adj．新鮮的townn．城鎮(zhèn)，城
Unit 6
第六單元
Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office?
去郵局的路怎么走
bridgen.橋
alongprep.沿著，順著； adv.向前；和……一起；一同
turn v.轉(zhuǎn)彎；轉(zhuǎn)變；旋轉(zhuǎn)，翻轉(zhuǎn)； n.轉(zhuǎn)彎；輪流；(輪流的)順序
crossingn.十字路口，人行橫道
across prep.橫過，穿過
meter n.米，公尺
untilconj.&prep.直到……為止
kilometer n.千米(公里)
shouldv.aux.會(huì)，應(yīng)該(shall的過去式)
changev.更換；變化，改變； n.零錢；找頭 public adj.公共的，公眾的； n.公眾
lightn.燈；燈光；光，光亮； adj.明亮的；淺色的；輕的； v.點(diǎn)(火)，點(diǎn)燃
dangern.危險(xiǎn)
safeadj.安全的hurt adj.(身體上)受傷的； v.受傷；傷害；使疼痛；感到疼痛
losev.丟失，失去
accidentn.事故，意外的事
rulen.規(guī)則，規(guī)定； v.統(tǒng)治；支配
sign n.符號(hào)，標(biāo)記；指示牌
beforeconj.在……之前； prep.在……以前；在……前面； adv.以前
crossv.穿過；越過； n.十字形的東西
third num.第三
last adv.最后地；最近剛過去； n.最后； adj.最近剛過去的；最后的； v.持續(xù)
carefuladj.小心的，仔細(xì)的，謹(jǐn)慎的skateboardn.滑板
ticketn.罰款單；票；券
speedv.(使)加速； n.速度
fastadv.快地，迅速地； adj.快的，迅速的whenconj.當(dāng)……的時(shí)候； adv.什么時(shí)候，何時(shí) lateadj.晚的，遲的； adv.晚地，遲地
downprep沿著，沿……而下； adv.向下
Review of Units 5-6
復(fù)習(xí)5到6單元
hilln．小山；丘陵；土堆；斜坡
certainlyadv．當(dāng)然，是的；一定；無疑
Unit 7第七單元 Topic 1 When is your birthday? 你的生日是什么時(shí)候？ sport n．體育運(yùn)動(dòng)，鍛煉 wasv．(am，is的過去式)是 born adj．出生 June n．(Jun．)六月 March n．(Mar．)三月 April n．(Apr．)四月 Mayn．五月 July n．(Jul．)七月 August n．(Aug．)八月 September n．(Sept．)九月 October n．(Oct．)十月 November n．(Nov．)十一月 December n．(Dec．)十二月 January n．(Jan．)一月 were v．(are的過去式)是 aloneadj．單獨(dú)的，孤獨(dú)的 thousandnum．千 birthdayn．生日 daten．日期；約會(huì) planv．計(jì)劃，打算； n．計(jì)劃，打算；平面圖 celebrate v．慶祝 partyn．聚會(huì)，宴會(huì)；黨派 fourthnum．第四 fifthnum．第五 sixthnum．第六 seventhnum．第七 eighthnum．第八 ninthnum．第九 tenthnum．第十 eleventhnum．第十一 twelfthnum．第十二 thirteenthnum．第十三 twentiethnum．第二十 presentn．禮物，贈(zèng)品 shapen．形狀，外形； v．使成型；制造；塑造just now剛才 centimetern．(cm)厘米 footballn．(美式)橄欖球；(英式)足球 specialadj．特別的，專門的candlen．蠟燭
surprisen．驚奇，詫異； v．使驚奇，使詫異 do some cleaning打掃衛(wèi)生
Unit 7
第七單元
Topic 2 Can you dance or draw?
你會(huì)跳舞或畫畫嗎？
discon．迪斯科(一種舞曲)
performv.表演；履行；行動(dòng)
balletn.芭蕾舞
have a good time玩得高興，過得愉快
parrotn．鸚鵡
smartadj．聰明的，靈巧的；(人、服裝等)時(shí)髦的，帥的countv．?dāng)?shù)，點(diǎn)數(shù)
erinterj．哦，嗯
climbv．爬，攀登
pign．豬
ping-pongn．乒乓球(運(yùn)動(dòng))
be good at擅長(zhǎng)于
Londonn．倫敦
agen．年齡；時(shí)代
at the age of在……歲時(shí)
anythingpron．任何事(物)；無論何事(物)wordn．單詞，詞；話
mean v．意思是，意指
Unit 7
第七單元
Topic 3 We had a wonderful party.我們度過了一個(gè)精彩的聚會(huì)。
recitev．朗讀；背誦
poem n．詩
magicadj．有魔力的enjoyv．喜歡；欣賞；享受……的樂趣
himselfpron他自己
yesterdayadv．&n．昨天
fall(過去式fell)v．倒；落(下)，降落；
autumnn．秋季
washv．&n．洗(滌)，沖洗
happenv．(偶然)發(fā)生
standv．站，立；起立；坐落；經(jīng)受；持久 liev．說謊；躺；平放；位于； n．謊言
videon．錄像，視頻
everyonepron．每人，人人
truthn．真相，事實(shí)；真理；實(shí)際情況
tell a lie撒謊
angryadj．憤怒的，生氣的 eachpron．&adj．每人，每個(gè)，每件 silentadj．無聲的；安靜的；沉默的 blow(過去式blew)v．吹；刮風(fēng)；吹氣； n．猛擊；打擊；吹 blow out 被(風(fēng)等)吹滅；熄滅 breathn．氣息；呼吸 sunnyadj．晴朗的，陽光充足的 deliciousadj．美味的，可口的 musicaladj．音樂的，配樂的 funnyadj．有趣的，滑稽可笑的 Unit 8 第8單元 Topic 1 What's the weather like in Spring? 春季的天氣怎么樣？ weathern．天氣 springn．春天，春季；泉，泉水 warmadj．暖和的，溫暖的；熱情的 seasonn．季，季節(jié) summern．夏天，夏季 hotadj．熱的；辣的 wintern．冬天，冬季 coldadj．冷的，寒的； n．寒冷；感冒，傷風(fēng) rainv．下雨； n．雨，雨水 snowv．下雪； n．雪 groundn．地面 rainyadj．下雨的，多雨的 cloudyadj．多云的，陰天的 snowyadj．下雪的，多(積)雪的；雪(白)的 windyadj．有風(fēng)的，多風(fēng)的 foggyadj．多霧的 brightadj．明亮的；聰明的 temperaturen．溫度 lowadj．&adv．低；矮 hometown n．家鄉(xiāng) ifconj．如果，假使；是否，是不是 trip n．旅行，旅程 wear(過去式wore)v．穿，戴 holidayn．假日，假期 travelv．&n．旅行 had better(do sth．)最好(做某事)find out查明，發(fā)現(xiàn)，了解 umbrellan．傘，雨傘 go out出去；熄滅 Australian．澳大利亞 remember v．記起，想起
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇5】
Unit1 Topic 2 Where are you from?
學(xué)習(xí)目標(biāo)：
1.學(xué)習(xí)數(shù)字0-10 及短語zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten ,telephone, number
What’s his telephone number?
His telephone number is (010)8267-6790.
3.了解單詞音節(jié)和重音。做到語音正確。
2. (朗讀句子，并標(biāo)出語調(diào),鞏固be from在不同人稱的應(yīng)用，復(fù)習(xí)國(guó)家名稱。) Step2 問題導(dǎo)學(xué) A.選擇最佳答案
( )1 —Are they from Canada? —No, they ____.
( )2. —What’s ____ telephone number?
—It’s 8265-3412.
( )3. —____ are they? —They are XiaoLi and Jane.
( )4.. Mary ____ from Cuba.
( )5. “One one zero” 表示 ____。
( )6.. —Is he Li Ping? —Yes, ____.
1. —W____ are you from? 2. —What’s y____ name? —I’m from Shanghai. —My name is David.
3. —Are you f____ Zhengzhou? —No, we aren’t.
4. —What’s your telephone n ?—It’s (010)8659-7981.
5. —E me, are you Frank? —Yes, I am.
2. (師連續(xù)讀出這11個(gè)數(shù)字，強(qiáng)調(diào)前10個(gè)數(shù)字用升調(diào)，最后一個(gè)用降調(diào)，并要求學(xué)生跟讀，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生語感。)
3.(做出打電話的動(dòng)作，理解telephone number的意思。)
T:What’s your telephone number?
1— W____ is he? —He i____ Xiao Ming.
2. —Is she ____ Japan? —No, she ____.
3. —W ____ are they from? —They are from C____.
4. —What’s y____ QQ number?
—____ QQ number is 158141028.
5. —____ she Jane? —____, she is.
What’s your telephone number? My telephone number is
What’s his telephone number?His telephone number is
( ) 6. How old are you?
( ) 7. Where are you from?
( ) 8. What’s your telephone number?
( ) 9. Is Miss Yang your English teacher?
( ) 10. Glad to meet you.
B.用適當(dāng)?shù)脑~填空。 Hello! My 1 is Kangkang. 2 am from China. This 3 my friend. 4 is his name? His name is Mike. 5 is from the U.S.A. His phone 6 is (010)6534-8719. Miss Zhao 7 my teacher. 8 is she from? She is from China, 9 . She is fine. 10 telephone number is (010)6534-8897.
1. ___________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. ___________
5. ___________ 6. ___________ 7. ___________
9. ___________ 10. ___________ 8. ___________
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇6】
一、概述
本課是義務(wù)教育課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)實(shí)驗(yàn)教科書北京仁愛八年級(jí)上冊(cè)Unit 2, Topic 2, Section A內(nèi)容，所需課時(shí)為一課時(shí)；新單詞有cause,health,tonight,sleepy,medicine,fingernail,meal,without,主要句型有Is……good or bad for your health? Doing …… is good/bad ……. 本課主要聯(lián)系學(xué)生日常生活，以上一話題所學(xué)的表生病就醫(yī)、描述身體不適以及表建議的一些句型等為基礎(chǔ)，通過discussion,listening,making dialogues,picture talking等多種活動(dòng)使學(xué)生復(fù)習(xí)舊知，聯(lián)系新知，延伸話題內(nèi)容，能使用兩兩對(duì)話完成一個(gè)較簡(jiǎn)單的話題，提高學(xué)生的語言交際能力，并有利于學(xué)生養(yǎng)成健康的生活習(xí)慣。
二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)分析
從知識(shí)與技能、過程與方法、情感態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀三個(gè)維度對(duì)該課題預(yù)計(jì)達(dá)到的教學(xué)目標(biāo)作出一個(gè)整體描述。
1. 知識(shí)與技能
（1）認(rèn)讀七個(gè)新單詞和兩個(gè)新句型，做到發(fā)音準(zhǔn)確、清晰；
（2）熟練運(yùn)用新句型與同桌進(jìn)行相互問答；
（3）能夠借助key points進(jìn)行看圖問答或綜合說話；
2．過程與方法
（1）能夠通過師生說、兩兩說和自主聽讀體驗(yàn)交際式英語教學(xué)的一般過程，掌握英語說、聽的基本方法；
（2）能夠通過兩兩說和綜合說體驗(yàn)合作學(xué)習(xí)的過程和方法；
（3）能夠仔細(xì)傾聽老師和同學(xué)的發(fā)言，有語言表達(dá)和與同學(xué)交流的愿望。
3．情感態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀
（1）激發(fā)和保持學(xué)生英語學(xué)習(xí)的動(dòng)機(jī)，實(shí)現(xiàn)“趣能”兩得；
（2）在學(xué)生兩兩交流和小組合作交流中，培養(yǎng)孩子合作意識(shí)和合作精神，能夠相互配合完成一段通順流暢的說話訓(xùn)練
（3）通過本課的學(xué)習(xí)，有利于樹立科學(xué)的健康觀，養(yǎng)成健康的生活方式。
三、學(xué)習(xí)者特征分析
1. 學(xué)生是漳浦第三中學(xué)八年級(jí)的學(xué)生
2. 學(xué)生在上一個(gè)話題中已經(jīng)掌握表述身體的種種不適、“生病”與“看病”的基本句型。
3. 學(xué)生已經(jīng)學(xué)會(huì)使用should/shouldn’t/had better/had better not 表達(dá)建議和勸告的句型。
4. 八年級(jí)的學(xué)生比較活潑、樂于發(fā)言，寬松、活潑的課堂氣氛有利于展開小組討論、情景對(duì)話等。
5. 學(xué)生整體水平較低，詞匯量較差，要設(shè)計(jì)易于學(xué)生開口的情景，預(yù)測(cè)學(xué)生可能使用的單詞、短語并呈現(xiàn)出來以供參考。以師生、學(xué)生兩兩對(duì)話示范以帶動(dòng)“說”的氛圍、激發(fā)學(xué)生的表達(dá)欲望。
四、教學(xué)策略選擇與設(shè)計(jì)
本課旨在讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)表述身體不適、生病的原因以及形成健康生活的觀念。
小組討論策略：通過討論，辨別何謂健康的生活方式、衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣，熟悉相關(guān)的詞匯，為下一步聽、說奠定基礎(chǔ)；
師生示范策略：讓學(xué)生明白對(duì)話的內(nèi)容和形式，激發(fā)學(xué)生的表現(xiàn)、表演欲望；
歌曲激趣策略：通過學(xué)生的chant、sing a song，有利于形成寬松活潑的課堂氛圍，同時(shí)借助chant和歌曲來培養(yǎng)學(xué)生良好的個(gè)人衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣及健康生活觀念。
五、教學(xué)資源與工具設(shè)計(jì)
1．本課教材；
2．拓展資源：教師教學(xué)用書八年級(jí)上冊(cè)
3．教學(xué)環(huán)境：多媒體、VCD、幻燈片、Flash動(dòng)畫、錄音機(jī)。
六、教學(xué)過程
Step1：Warm up
1. Greetings（師生問候）；
2．Sing a song（多媒體播放Chant課件，讓學(xué)生聽、說、做、演進(jìn)行律動(dòng)，活躍氣氛，營(yíng)造一個(gè)良好的學(xué)習(xí)英語的氛圍）Wash your hands, have a bath. Open the window, take a fresh breath …….
3. Leading-in : (T) In our daily life, there are some good living habits and bad living habits. Good living habits can make a man healthy, wealthy and wise.
Now let’s look at 3a and discuss whether it’s good or not . After discussion,
make dialogues after the example using the sentence pattern “ Is doing …… good or bad for your health?” Do 3a.
例如： A: Is going to bed early good or bad for our health?
B: It’s good..
Going to bed early is good for your health..
( 注意選擇疑問句回答時(shí)不能用Yes或 No，而要作出具體回答。朗讀時(shí)or前用升調(diào)，or 后面用降調(diào)，句末用問號(hào)。強(qiáng)調(diào)動(dòng)詞或動(dòng)詞短語不能做主語，但可以在動(dòng)詞后面加上ing變成動(dòng)名詞或動(dòng)名詞短語，其作主語時(shí)，謂語動(dòng)詞用單數(shù)。)
*請(qǐng)學(xué)生例舉生活中還有哪些是好的或不好的個(gè)人衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣。
4. 語法歸納：選擇疑問句句型
【句型一】一般疑問句 + 一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象 + or + 另一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象？
Are you from America or Australia? 你是來自美國(guó)還是澳大利亞？
Will you give us a talk, or Jim? 是你給我們做演講，還是吉姆？
句型二】特殊疑問句 + 一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象 + or + 另一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象？
Which do you prefer, tea or milk? 你喜歡喝茶還是喝牛奶？
Who teaches you English, Miss Li or Miss Wang? 誰教你們英語，是李老師還是王老師？
5. 根據(jù)圖片內(nèi)容兩兩對(duì)話。
Step 2 : Presentation
(1) 教師用多媒體播放1a圖片，請(qǐng)學(xué)生預(yù)測(cè)對(duì)話內(nèi)容：
T: What’s wrong with Kangkang?
Ss: He has a headache.
T: What caused it?
Ss: He stayed up late watching TV .
T: Is staying up late good or bad for his health?
Ss: It’s bad.
T: What should he do?
Ss: He should have a good rest.
(2) 播放1a錄音，讓學(xué)生跟讀并模仿語音語調(diào)。
（3）鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生練習(xí)并兩兩表演1a對(duì)話。掌握句型：
Is staying up late good or bad for his health?
Staying up late is bad for your health.
I must have a good rest tonight.
(4) 讓學(xué)生再讀1a，提供關(guān)鍵詞，以短文形式復(fù)述康康困倦的原因并給出建議。如：
Kangkang feels tired today, because he watched a soccer game on TV last night and went to bed very late. Staying up late is bad for his health. He should go to bed early and have a good rest.
Step3. Consolidation:
1.教師用多媒體呈現(xiàn)各種表情的圖片，提供關(guān)鍵詞，讓學(xué)生兩人一組練習(xí)1b，完成1b.
Ex. :
A: I feel sleepy because I went to bed very late last night..
B: Oh, staying up late is bad for your health. You should……
2. 聽2 錄音，完成2，核對(duì)答案。學(xué)習(xí)并掌握單詞medicine; 再聽錄音，復(fù)述Wang Junfeng應(yīng)該做什么。
Now listen to the tape and find out whether Wang Junfeng’s habits are good or not. Do listening exercise. Check what Wang Junfeng did and what he should do.
Step 4 : Practice
.1.- Do you go to school by bike or ____ ?
- I go to school ________ .
2. – Would you like apples or ________ ?
- I’d like _______ .
3.- Is Jim in the classroom or ___________________? (在操場(chǎng)）
.4. Who _____________________________ ?(誰今天早上沒來上學(xué)，湯姆還是吉姆？）
5. _____________________（打籃球）is a good sport.
6. Swimming in the river with no others ____ dangerous.
7. Eating too little or much _____________________. (對(duì)健康不好）
8. _________________________（吃一頓豐富的早餐）can keep you energetic all the morning.
9. ________________ (熬夜）makes him feel sleepy.
10. If you don’t feel well , __________________________________. (你最好去看醫(yī)生）
Step 5: Homework
以How to keep healthy? 為題目，聯(lián)系本課所學(xué)內(nèi)容，形成一篇80個(gè)字左右的小短文。
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇7】
課件介紹及使用說明
本課件是為仁愛英語七年級(jí)上學(xué)期Unit 4 Topic 1 What can I do for you? Section A編寫的教學(xué)課件。本單元內(nèi)容主要圍繞購物、打電話、表達(dá)時(shí)間以及談?wù)撟约合矚g的事物和動(dòng)物展開。本課要求學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)并掌握購物的基本用語，掌握1000以內(nèi)數(shù)字的讀寫方法，并能正確回應(yīng)別人的感謝。本課件緊扣教學(xué)目標(biāo)，直觀生動(dòng)，易于操作。
導(dǎo)入----①課堂活動(dòng)，齊唱3b歌曲，活躍課堂氣氛。
②聽課文3a語音部分。
③復(fù)習(xí)數(shù)字1-20。
（幻燈片2-5。注：幻燈片2, 點(diǎn)擊影片1播放3b歌曲；幻燈片3, 點(diǎn)擊錄音1播放3a語音部分。）
呈現(xiàn)----呈現(xiàn)人民幣圖片，學(xué)習(xí)數(shù)字21-999的讀法和寫法。
（幻燈片6-12）
鞏固----①聽2a 錄音，跟讀，完成表格，并記憶。
②聽2b錄音，完成連線。
③導(dǎo)入How much，學(xué)習(xí)價(jià)格詢問方式。
④導(dǎo)出1a中的重點(diǎn)句型進(jìn)行訓(xùn)練講解。
⑤觀看1a的動(dòng)畫，回答：How much is the coat?
（幻燈片13-18。注：幻燈片13，點(diǎn)擊錄音2播放2a錄音；幻燈片14，點(diǎn)擊錄音3播放2b錄音；幻燈片18，點(diǎn)擊影片2播放1a動(dòng)畫，在聽力練習(xí)中可以點(diǎn)擊動(dòng)畫中的title鍵消去字幕，增加難度。）
練習(xí)----①再聽一遍1a，完成1b。
②模仿1a內(nèi)容進(jìn)行快樂購物，并完成對(duì)話。
（幻燈片19-20。注：幻燈片19，點(diǎn)擊影片2播放1a動(dòng)畫，）
小結(jié)----①總結(jié)數(shù)字1-999的讀法和寫法。
②總結(jié)有用的表達(dá)方式。
（幻燈片21）
作業(yè)----①復(fù)習(xí)數(shù)字21-999的讀法和寫法。
②背誦1a。
③預(yù)習(xí)Section B。
（幻燈片22）
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇8】
前言
《教學(xué)案例設(shè)計(jì)》一書是在仔細(xì)研究《Project English》學(xué)生用書、教師用書、《英語課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》的基礎(chǔ)上編寫的。以學(xué)生，教師和教學(xué)的實(shí)際為出發(fā)點(diǎn)，解讀教學(xué)目標(biāo)，創(chuàng)設(shè)教學(xué)情境，提供教學(xué)素材，節(jié)省老師備課時(shí)間，易于操作。其活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)注重交際，符合學(xué)生認(rèn)知規(guī)律。案例的課堂資源豐富多彩，形式多樣，可以滿足不同地區(qū)的實(shí)際需要。
● 整體特色
本書嚴(yán)格按照《Project English》學(xué)生用書的流程編寫，一課一例。每節(jié)課設(shè)計(jì)為45分鐘，可根據(jù)實(shí)際適當(dāng)調(diào)整。我們以行之有效的五指教學(xué)方案為編寫模式。其中臺(tái)詞用英語；場(chǎng)景、活動(dòng)說明、補(bǔ)充材料、文化意識(shí)、注意事項(xiàng)等放在括號(hào)內(nèi)用漢語表達(dá)。五指教學(xué)方案分為五步，標(biāo)注時(shí)間建議。
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：-分鐘）
導(dǎo)入本課新詞句?？梢杂谜n本上的圖片、教具、chant、歌曲、游戲、直觀表演等復(fù)習(xí)導(dǎo)入本課新詞句，既活躍課堂氣氛，引起學(xué)生興趣，又體現(xiàn)建構(gòu)主義理論，學(xué)生的經(jīng)驗(yàn)是學(xué)習(xí)的重要基礎(chǔ)。激活學(xué)生先前的知識(shí)和經(jīng)驗(yàn)，為進(jìn)一步探究找好最近發(fā)展區(qū)打基礎(chǔ)，引出本課新詞句。
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn) （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
呈現(xiàn)對(duì)話或短文等本section重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)的情景。找出關(guān)鍵詞句，目標(biāo)語言，為交際積累材料。理順?biāo)悸?，為下一步在用中學(xué)打基礎(chǔ)。下面步驟中的交際不只是死記硬背，而是靈活運(yùn)用，在用中學(xué)。
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固 （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
語音、語調(diào)練習(xí)?？吹诙街姓页龅年P(guān)鍵詞，不看課本，模仿原文對(duì)話。所有學(xué)生分組互相檢查。
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：-分鐘）
呈現(xiàn)書上其他活動(dòng)，在不同情景中練習(xí)目標(biāo)語言，展開任務(wù)型活動(dòng)。在用中鞏固和學(xué)會(huì)使用目標(biāo)語言。
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng) （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
讓學(xué)生用本課所學(xué)詞句展開活動(dòng)，鍛煉學(xué)生語言綜合運(yùn)用能力和探究能力，體現(xiàn)學(xué)了就用的原則。有活動(dòng)產(chǎn)品。對(duì)學(xué)生提出的要求非常具體。
● 編寫特點(diǎn)
本書各單元列出了教學(xué)目標(biāo)。各案例以section為編寫單位。每個(gè)section包含如下內(nèi)容：
首先指出了各section的重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)，即本課呈現(xiàn)的重點(diǎn)內(nèi)容。然后是
一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：用英語分類呈現(xiàn)本section教學(xué)目標(biāo)。
二、教具：考慮不同地區(qū)實(shí)際情況，可以有多種選擇。
三、五指教學(xué)方案
另外， 我們?cè)诰帉懙倪^程中，為了操作方便，統(tǒng)一了格式，現(xiàn)說明如下：
S-Student,
Ss-Students
T -Teacher
S1-Student 1
S2-Student 2
最后，我們誠(chéng)摯地感謝長(zhǎng)期以來大力支持我們的廣大師生們。本書是設(shè)計(jì)者和撰稿人的精心奉獻(xiàn)，意在給您提供一份建議。希望能夠拋磚引玉，激發(fā)您的靈感。但是由于水平有限，加之時(shí)間倉促，疏漏與錯(cuò)誤也是在所難免的。我們期待著您的關(guān)心，也期待著您的批評(píng)和指正。
北京市仁愛教育研究所
Unit 5
教學(xué)目標(biāo)
語
言
知
識(shí) 類別 內(nèi) 容 課次 要求
語音 // // /t/ /d/ /ts/ /dz/ /tr/ /dr/ /l/ /m/ /n/ //
詞
匯 wake，early, first，day, term，must, still, by，on foot, the same to, usually, always，Ms., boat，ship，sea，train，by plane/air/airplane 1A 掌
握
weekday，around，bird，catch，walk，never，sometimes，ride，park, game, late, weekend 1B
guest，life，almost，bicycle，break, finish，spare，basketball，football，read,story，clean, dance，piano，library, once，twice, week, listen，music, write，supermarket 1C
pleasure，volleyball，while 1D
playground，lab，room，gym，classroom，building，pool，thing, card，motorcycle，road， physics 2A
most, better, minute, shelf, great, dear, borrow, course, keep, return, post, newspaper, purse, money，anything，else, nothing, meal, umbrella 2B
plan, next to, near, upstairs, news, attention, between, movie, show, hall, program, gone, wind, activity, stamp, world 2C
traffic, child, exercise，Japanese，the Great wall, wonderful 2D
Wednesday，end, period，Monday，Tuesday，Thursday，F(xiàn)riday，history, art, math, noon, geography, P.E, meeting, how many, lesson, subject, draw, learn 3A
question，Australia，easy，interesting，difficult，boring 3B
answer, joke，funny，interest，everyday,science，useful，hard,wish 3C
wash, restaurant 3D
subway 1A 理
解
worm 1B
reporter，Net Bar, roller skating 1C
measure 1D
dining hall，dormitory 2A
bookstore，workbook，project, certainly, lost and found 2B
poster, collection 2C
partner, happily 2D
timetable, biology, politics, outdoor 3A
editor, column, writer 3C
novel 3D
語
言
知
識(shí) 類別 內(nèi) 容
語
法 1. 一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)（Simple present）
2. 頻度副詞（Adverbs of frequency）
never，seldom，sometimes，often，usually，always，once，twice
3. 現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)（Present continuous）
I’m looking for a book.
Are you doing your homework? Yes， I am./No， I’m not.
Is he/she...? Yes， he/she is./No， he/she isn’t.
What are you doing now? I’m playing computer games.
What is he/she doing? He/She is...
功能和話題 1. 論交通方式（Talking about means of transport）
How do you usually go to school? I usually go to school by bike.
2. 采訪（Interviews）
Our guest today is Michael from Class 2， Grade 1.
3. 談?wù)撊粘Ｉ睿═alking about routines）
4. 學(xué)校建筑（School buildings）
swimming pool， playground， library， dormitory， lab， canteen， gym
5. 談?wù)撆d趣喜好（Talking about interests， likes and dislikes）
I like the swimming pool best. Why do you like English? Because it’s interesting and
easy.
6. 借物（Borrowing things）
How long can I keep it? Two weeks.
7. 新聞（News）、海報(bào)（Poster）
Attention， please! Here is the news.
8. 談?wù)搶W(xué)?；顒?dòng)、科目和時(shí)間表（Talking about school activities， subjects and timetable）
9. 談?wù)搶W(xué)校生活（Talking about school life）
Topic 1
Section A
The main activities are 1 and 3a. 本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1 and 3a。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. （1）Talk about means of transport:
on foot， by bus， by car， by bike， by plane/air/airplane, by train， by subway， by boat/ship/sea
（2）Learn adverbs of frequency:
usually， always
2. Learn the simple present tense:
How do you usually go to school?
I usually go to school by bike.
3.Talk about how to go to school:
Do you often come to school by bike?
Yes, I do.
How do you usually come to school?
I usually come to school by subway.
I always come to school by bus.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids 教具
關(guān)于交通工具的玩具/教學(xué)圖片/簡(jiǎn)筆畫/課件（任老師挑選）
Ⅲ.Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（師生互動(dòng)復(fù)習(xí)舊問候語。）
T： Good morning， class.
Ss：Good morning， Miss...／Mr. ...
T： Welcome back to school， boys and girls. I’m very glad to see you again.
Ss：Me， too.
（找一學(xué)生協(xié)助呈現(xiàn)新問候語“新年好”的答語。）
T： Happy New Year! 新年好！
S： The same to you! 新年好！
（板書如下：）
Happy New Year! 新年好！
The same to you! 新年好！
（全班分兩大組，先按左右分組，然后男女分組互相用上面的對(duì)話打招呼。）
T： Boys and girls. Happy New Year!
Ss： The same to you!
Group A: Happy New Year!
Group B: The Same to you!
Boys： Happy New Year， girls!
Girls： The same to you!
（重新分兩大組。）
Group A： Happy New Year!
Group B： The same to you!
2.（復(fù)習(xí)上學(xué)期的時(shí)間表達(dá)法，導(dǎo)入本課重點(diǎn):交通工具的使用。）
T： What time is it? What’s the time?
Oh， it’s seven o’clock. It’s time to go to school.
I usually go to school by bike／bus／subway...
（板書所有的交通工具的名詞，把玩具拿出來或把教學(xué)圖片掛在黑板上，或用簡(jiǎn)筆畫畫出幾種交通工具來。）
by bus by car on foot
by bike by boat by plane/air/airplane
其它的：by train／subway／underground／ship
I usually go to school by bike／bus／car.
（從而引出本課重點(diǎn)句型，并板書在黑板上。）
A：How do you usually go to school?
B：I usually go to school on foot.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1. (教師指導(dǎo)兩人一組表演，復(fù)習(xí)原來對(duì)話，從而引出對(duì)話1。)
A: What time do you wake up?
B: I wake up at six.
A: How do you usually go to school?
B: By bike.
T: Do you know what time Kangkang gets up? Let’s learn 1.
2.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音。）
What’s the time?
Is it time to get up?
Who wakes Kangkang up?
How does Kangkang go to school today?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
T：Listen to the tape and answer the questions.
wake up--6∶50--get up--early--first day--by bike
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T：Follow the tape and draw “up and down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。）
T：Rub them clean and read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence.Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。）
T: You are mother， listen to Kangkang and make a dialog with him.
4.（看第二步呈現(xiàn)在黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一組表演，不能看書，只能看關(guān)鍵詞對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs. Close your book， look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（用圖片或多媒體課件教交通工具，學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)2。）
(方案a。)
T: Look at the pictures. Say the phrases.
（老師指導(dǎo)學(xué)生說。）
S: on foot/by bus/by car/by bike/by plane...
T: What time is it? It’s six o’clock. It’s time to wake up.
（然后兩人一組練習(xí)下表方框內(nèi)容和鞏固新句型：一人做使用交通工具的動(dòng)作，另一人猜并看黑板造句。然后交換角色。這樣做可以鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生進(jìn)行合作學(xué)習(xí)，人人課堂機(jī)會(huì)均等，提高課堂效率。完成2。）
by bike by bus by plane on foot
Kangkang
Maria
Michael
Jane
A：Today is the first day of the new term.
B：Kangkang usually goes to school by bike.
A：Today is...
B：Maria...
(方案b。)
（利用多媒體課件，讓學(xué)生聽聲音，猜交通工具。）
T: Listen to the sounds， please guess.
Ss: ...
T: OK! Look at the pictures in 2， read and match.
2.（讓學(xué)生完成3a。）
T: Jane meets Kangkang and Sally. Listen and answer， how do Kangkang and Sally come to
school?
（讓學(xué)生回答問題并看關(guān)鍵詞分角色對(duì)話。板書如下。）
Kangkang-by bike Sally-by subway Jane-by bus
3.（讓學(xué)生聽，做4。）
T: Listen to the tape and match.
4.（兩人一組表演對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs. Talk about how to go to school with your partner.
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師再次引用多媒體課件，這次只放flash動(dòng)畫，讓學(xué)生自己展開想像的翅膀，任意造
句子，要用上交通工具的名詞。）
T: Let’s look at the pictures. Are you interested in these lovely pictures? Yes， I know you do.
Please make some sentences as you like， and don’t forget to use these means of transport.
Are you ready? Go!
2.（做5。首先，讓學(xué)生分四人組做一個(gè)調(diào)查報(bào)告How do you usually go to school?完成5。
然后全班集體調(diào)查，讓幾人問How many friends come to school on foot?／...每人問一種交通工具，每個(gè)學(xué)生按人數(shù)從多到少列成表格，最后隨便抽向大家匯報(bào)。）
T: Please report your answer to your classmates.
S1: In our class， fifteen students go to school by bike.
S2: In our class， twenty students go to school by bus.
S3: ...
3.（彈性課堂，讓學(xué)生互相猜測(cè)對(duì)方上學(xué)所使用的交通工具。）
T: Let’s guess. How does your partner go to school? Write it down and then report your answer
to your classmates. Who wants to say first?
S1: Li Ming usually goes to school by bike. I am right.
S2: I am wrong. Liu Li usually goes to school by bike. I guess she goes to school on foot.
4. Homework：
(1)（到社會(huì)上做調(diào)查，看有多少人使用何種交通工具，從多到少一一列表出來。）
(2) Write a passage: My Morning (不少于5個(gè)句子。)
(3) Preview Section B. Write down adverbs of frequency.
Section B
The main activities are 1,2 and 3a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1,2和3a。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn how to use adverbs of frequency:
never， sometimes
2. Learn the simple present tense:
I always get up at around six o’clock.
I often go to school by bike.
3. Talk about frequency:
（1）How does Maria go home?
She sometimes goes home by subway.
（2）I seldom walk to school.
I never go to school on foot.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)/掛圖/單詞卡片／調(diào)查表
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1. Words competition.
（1）A require answer.(必答題。)
T: Boys and girls. Let’s have words competition as usual. First require answer. Each student
two words. I’ll give you Chinese meaning， please say them in English. Row 1， begin!
boat， ship， sea， train， plane， air， usually， always， first，
term， early， wake， on foot， by plane， the same to， by subway
（2）A quick response.(搶答題。)
T：Good! Go on our quick response. If you know, you can stand up quickly. OK? Begin!
sometimes， never， seldom， weekday， around， bird， catch， walk， ride， park
（3）T：Well done， please read them together.
2.（利用頭腦風(fēng)暴法，在1分鐘內(nèi)，每組每位同學(xué)依次說出一種乘坐的交通工具，看哪組
同學(xué)說的最多，就獲勝。）
T: Now I ‘ll give you one minute. Each of you says one kind of transportation. The group that
has the most will win.
3.（利用鏈條式發(fā)問即每豎排同學(xué)一個(gè)問，一個(gè)回答，接著轉(zhuǎn)身問后面的同學(xué)，給每組2
分鐘，看哪組在規(guī)定的時(shí)間說的最多，就獲勝，問題是：How do you usually go to school?）
Example:
S1: How do you usually go to school?
S2: I usually go to school by bike. How do you usually go to school?
S3: I usually go to school by bus. How do you usually go to school?
S4: ...
4.（老師根據(jù)第3個(gè)環(huán)節(jié)的實(shí)際情況，導(dǎo)出1部分的語言功能目標(biāo)，為下一步過渡做鋪墊。）
T: Yeah. Now I know some of you go to school by bike, some of you go to school by bus. But
you know I always get up at around six o’clock. I often go to school on foot. But
sometimes I go to school by bike. I never go to school by bus.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音，可以降低難度。）
T: Listen to the tape of 1 and find out some key words.
（再聽一遍，找出關(guān)鍵詞，為下一步的鞏固做鋪墊。）
around， weekday， bird， catch， worm， seldom， walk， never
（板書并英漢對(duì)照。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（1）（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
（2）（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)，
這樣做可以使學(xué)生集中注意力，效率更高。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Go!
（3）（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。這樣能提高學(xué)生興趣。）
T: You are Michael. Listen to Kangkang and make a dialog with Kangkang.
（4）（看第二步，呈現(xiàn)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一問一答，只看黑板上關(guān)鍵詞對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs， close your book. Look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
（5）（利用關(guān)鍵詞進(jìn)行造句。）
Example:
Seldom: I seldom go to school on foot.
...
2.（呈現(xiàn)2的圖片，要求學(xué)生根據(jù)圖片的意思，給每個(gè)頻度副詞造句。）
T: Look at the table， please make sentences by using these adverbs of frequency.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（呈現(xiàn)3a的圖片，通過師生互動(dòng)，進(jìn)一步讓學(xué)生了解和鞏固語言知識(shí)。）
（1）T: Look at the first picture. What does Maria do?
S: Maria goes home by subway.
（通過談?wù)摰?、3、4幅圖，可以得到以下幾個(gè)句子。）
Example:
Li Xiang goes to school by bike.
We go to the park on foot.
They go to the zoo by bus.
（2）（聽錄音，要求學(xué)生寫句子。）
T: Listen to the tape and write down on the notebook.
Example:
Maria sometimes goes home by subway.
Li Xiang often goes to school by bike.
We usually go to the park on foot.
They always go to the zoo by bus.
（3）（核對(duì)答案。）
T: Now let’s check the answers together.
（4）（根據(jù)以上句子，進(jìn)行回答。）
T: Then please ask and answer. You can do it like this:
A: How does Maria go home?
B: Maria sometimes goes home by subway. Are you clear? Begin!
（5）（呈現(xiàn)句子的同義替換，加深對(duì)乘坐交通工具方法的靈活運(yùn)用。）
T: Look at this sentence again. Maria sometimes goes home by subway.
We also say: Maria sometimes takes the subway home.
But what about...
Ask students to do exercises and check the answers.
Keys to answers:
Li Xiang often rides a bike to school.
We usually walk to the park.
They always take the bus to the zoo.
（6）（總結(jié)歸納乘坐交通工具的用法。）
Example:
by bike:ride a bike by plane:fly to...
by bus:take a bus on foot:walk to...
by car: take a car by subway:take the subway
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1. Finish 4.
T:Make a survey of your partners and fill in the chart. Then report it to your class.
get up walk to school watch TV in
the evening do your
homework play computer
game shelp your
parents
always
usually
often
sometimes
seldom
never
A: Do you often watch TV in the evening?
B: No，I don’t. I sometimes watch TV. Sometimes I read books.
2.（呈現(xiàn)調(diào)查表，根據(jù)表格內(nèi)容，寫一段話，然后匯報(bào)。）
go shopping watch TV walk after supper get up early
I
Grandma
Grandpa
Father
Mother
T: Look at the table， please make a survey. You can fill in the blanks with the adverbs of
frequency. For example: seldom， always， sometimes， often...
3.（彈性課堂，要求學(xué)生背一句諺語。板書。）
Proverb.
Where there is will， there is a way.
4. Let’s chant 5.
T: At last let’s relax. Let’s chant together.
（在輕松活潑融洽的氣氛中結(jié)束這節(jié)課。）
You go to work by bike.
He walks to school with Mike.
She comes here by plane.
They go there by train.
We are busy on weekdays.
Let’s be early as always.
5. Homework:
(1)（讓學(xué)生寫一篇有關(guān)自己的小短文，用上Section A和 Section B中學(xué)過的重點(diǎn)句型。
五句話左右。有興趣，學(xué)生們可以課外收集中外古諺語，名人名言。培養(yǎng)他們的自主學(xué)習(xí)能力和自我構(gòu)建能力。）
（2）（讓學(xué)生收集有關(guān)中美學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)生活的資料，看他們之間有什么不同，預(yù)習(xí)1a on page
5。）
SectionC
The main activities are 1a， 2 and 3.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a， 2和3。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1.（1）Learn adverbs of frequency:
once， twice
（2）Learn other useful words and expressions:
guest， life， almost, bicycle, break, finish， spare， basketball， football，read, story，
clean， dance， piano， library, week, listen， music, write, supermarket
2.（1）Learn the simple present tense:
I usually play computer games.
He usually reads story books.
Do you often read books in the library?
（2）-How often do you go to the library?
-Once/Twice/Three times a week/Very often/Every day/Seldom...
3. Talk about the school activities:
play computer games， read story books， clean the house， play soccer， go dancing， play
basketball， play the piano， sing songs
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
話筒/圖片/錄音機(jī)
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（復(fù)習(xí)Section B 5 Let’s chant，活躍課堂氣氛。）
T: The whole class， let’s chant again.
（全班同學(xué)邊唱邊用雙手打節(jié)拍。）
2.（復(fù)習(xí)上節(jié)課的交通工具。）
T: How do you usually go to school?
S1: I usually go to school on foot.
T: How do you usually go to school?
S2: I usually go to school by bike.
T: ...
3.（學(xué)生在小組里進(jìn)行鏈?zhǔn)綄?duì)話，繼續(xù)復(fù)習(xí)交通工具。）
S1: How do you often go to school?
S2: I often go to school on foot. What about you?
S3: I often go to school by bike. How do you usually go to school?
S4: ...
4. (教師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生復(fù)習(xí)頻度副詞seldom, often, always,從而引出本節(jié)課的新詞組how often和另幾個(gè)頻度副詞once, twice...)
T: I always go to library after school.
Mr. Zhang doesn’t go to library every day, he goes there once a week.
(板書劃線部分，學(xué)習(xí)新詞once,用同樣的方法講解twice。)
T：How often do you go to library?(學(xué)習(xí)how often)
S：...
(板書劃線部分，重點(diǎn)講解how often的用法。)
T: Now, let’s use them to make dialogs.(指著黑板上的新詞。)
5.（邀請(qǐng)一位同學(xué)扮演貴賓，老師扮演采訪者進(jìn)行采訪，盡可能幫助學(xué)生。）
T: Now， I am an interviewer. Good morning， everyone! Our guest today is
Kangkang from Class 5， Grade 1. Hello， Kangkang!
Kangkang: Hello.
T: We want to know something about your school life. How do you usually get to
school?
Kangkang: I usually walk to school. But sometimes I go to school by bike.
T: Where do you have lunch?
Kangkang: I usually have lunch at school.
T: Do you sometimes eat out in school days?
Kangkang: No， I don’t.
T: Do you have a short break after lunch?
Kangkang: Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
T: What time do the classes finish in the afternoon?
Kangkang: At about half past four.
T: What do you often do in your spare time?
Kangkang: I often play basketball.
（老師板書新單詞、短語。）
interviewer， guest， school life， eat out， have a short sleep, finish, in your spare time,
basketball
6.（讓學(xué)生扮演采訪者，向Kangkang提問題。）
T: Now， the other students. Do you have any other questions? You can ask Kangkang.
S1: What time do you usually get to school?
Kangkang: I usually get to school at about seven o’clock.
S2: What time do the classes begin in the morning?
Kangkang: At about twenty to eight.
S3: How many lessons do you have every day?
Kangkang: I have 7 lessons every day.
S4: ...
7.（采訪結(jié)束。）
T: OK. The interview is over. Thank you, Kangkang. Now， do you want to know about the
school life of American students? Listen to the tape carefully.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。）
T: Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
How do American students usually get to school?
Where do they eat lunch?
Do they have a short break after lunch?
What time do the classes finish in the afternoon?
What do they often do in their spare time?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
walk or take a yellow school bus...eat out...have a short break...finish
classes...in their spare time
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)1a，向?qū)W生講解中、美學(xué)生學(xué)校生活的異同。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence.Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。）
T: You are Michael. Listen to interviewer and make a dialog with her.
4.（看第二步呈現(xiàn)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一組表演1a。）
T: Work in pairs. Close your book， look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生做1b Pair work。）
T: Practice the dialogs in 1b in pairs.
2.（學(xué)生兩人之間互相采訪。）
T: Work in pairs. Suppose one of you is an interviewer. Do an interview between you and your partner.
3.（老師出示一張Wang Junfeng打游戲機(jī)的圖片。）
T: I usually play soccer after school. What does you usually do after school， S1?
S1: I usually read books.
T: Look at this picture. What does Wang Junfeng usually do after school?
S1: He usually plays computer games.
T: Do you often play computer games?
S1: No， I don’t.
T: How often do you go to the Net Bar?
S1: Seldom.
T: That’s very good.
T: Do you often play computer games， S2?
S2: Yes， I do.
T: How often do you go to the Net Bar?
S2: Very often.
T: That’s too bad! Work must come first!
（板書）
play soccer踢足球play computer games打電腦游戲
Work must come first!工作第一！
4.（老師出示一張Yu Jing在看圖書的圖片。）
T: What do you usually do after school， S3?
S3:I usually play basketball.
T: Now， look at this picture. What does Yu Jing usually do after school?
S3:He usually reads story books.
T: Do you often read books in the library?
S3:Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
T: How often do you go to the library?
（老師引出并教學(xué)once/twice/three times a week，然后讓學(xué)生回答。）
S3:Once a week.
T: That’s good. We must study hard.
（老師板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
read story books看故事書once/twice/three times a week一周一次/兩次/三次
（用同樣方法教學(xué)clean， dance， roller skating板書）
clean the house打掃房子go dancing去跳舞go roller skating去滑旱冰
5.（讓學(xué)生練習(xí)2 Pair work。）
T: Look at the pictures. Work in pairs. One asks and the other answers. Then change the roles.
6.（學(xué)生做3 Listen, ask and answer，進(jìn)行鏈?zhǔn)綄?duì)話。）
T: Now，let’s use the phrases in the box of 3 to do a chain work like this.
S1:Do you often...?
S2:Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
S1:How often do you...?
S2:Once/Twice/Three times a week./Very often./Every day./Seldom... Do you often...?
S3:...
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生做調(diào)查報(bào)告，并向全班匯報(bào)。）
T: Make a survey of your classmates and fill in the chart. Then report it to your class.
A: How often do you watch TV?
B: Once a week…
watch TV
in the evening Walk to school play computer games help your parents play basketball
Li Ming Once a week
Report: Li Ming watches TV in the evening once a week...
2.（讓學(xué)生就中外學(xué)生學(xué)校生活的異同做比較。）
（把全班學(xué)生分成四組，每小組在一起討論關(guān)于中美學(xué)生不同學(xué)習(xí)生活的資料，由一人
進(jìn)行歸納總結(jié)。然后每組推薦出一個(gè)小記者，向全班同學(xué)匯報(bào)，所有同學(xué)要求記錄下來。
需用紙制話筒，椅子等。）
T: The whole class talk about something about the different school lives between American
students and Chinese students. Then write them down.
Example:
In America， students walk or take a yellow school bus. In China， students...
3. Homework:
(1)Write a passage about what you usually do or seldom do in a week.
Example:
I usually go to school on foot. I seldom...
(2)回家通過多種渠道收集有關(guān)中西方國(guó)家的文化差異的信息。
(3)歸納所有的頻度副詞。
Section D
The main activities are 1，2 and 5. 本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，2和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aids and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the phonetics:
｜潰，｜茫，｜t潰，｜d茫
2. Talk about daily grammars:
（1）Talk about adverbs of frequency:
seldom， never， sometimes， often， usually， always
（2）Talk about the simple present tense:
①How do you usually go to school?
I usually go to school on foot.
②How does Michael often go to school?
He often walks to school.
③How often do you go to the library?
Three times a week.
3. Talk about daily routines.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
音標(biāo)卡片/錄音機(jī)/人體鐘/課件
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（用“Happy New Year!”來導(dǎo)入復(fù)習(xí)并做4b?；钴S課堂氣氛，引起學(xué)生興趣。）
T: Let’s sing the song “Happy New Year!” together.
2.（呈現(xiàn)“The early bird catches the worm.”，并譯成漢語，勉勵(lì)學(xué)生勤奮學(xué)習(xí)。板書如下：）
The early bird catches the worm.
笨鳥先飛/早起的鳥兒有蟲吃。
3.（檢查上節(jié)課到社會(huì)上做調(diào)查表的作業(yè)，找?guī)孜煌瑢W(xué)讀出自己調(diào)查的結(jié)果，公布于全班
同學(xué)。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的成就感，社會(huì)責(zé)任感。）
T: Take out your surveys. I’ll ask some students to report your answers to the class.
4.（聽錄音，做3。第一遍，學(xué)生只聽，第二遍，邊聽邊寫下答案，第三遍，邊聽邊連線。）
T: First， just listen.
Second， listen and write.
Third， listen and match.
5.（聽完錄音，核對(duì)答案。叫學(xué)生把句子寫在黑板上，也許在學(xué)生重抄句子的過程中能發(fā)
現(xiàn)自己的錯(cuò)誤。培養(yǎng)自我發(fā)現(xiàn)、自我總結(jié)能力。）
T: Please come to the front to write your answers on the blackboard. If your answers are wrong,
correct them. Now， check your answers.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（全班學(xué)生人手各執(zhí)一卡片，卡片上只有教學(xué)目標(biāo)中列出的4個(gè)音標(biāo)，做1。老師讀其中
的一個(gè)音標(biāo)，所有執(zhí)那個(gè)音標(biāo)卡片的學(xué)生全站起來，依次類推，做完4個(gè)音標(biāo)的訓(xùn)練。
全班動(dòng)員，人人參與。）
T: Everyone has a card. If I read ｜｜， raise your card ｜｜. If I read ｜t｜，
please raise your card ｜t｜. Do you understand?
2.（一學(xué)生讀卡片上的音標(biāo)，其所在小組其它成員均舉起他/她讀的音標(biāo)卡片。）
T: Practice in groups. One reads the phonetics, others raise your cards.
3.（接龍游戲。第一個(gè)學(xué)生讀一個(gè)音標(biāo)，全班其余的有這個(gè)音標(biāo)卡片的同學(xué)都邊舉卡片邊
讀。）
T: Let’s have a new game. Example: S1 reads ｜｜， if you have the card ｜｜， please
raise your card and read it out.
4.（預(yù)習(xí)2，劃出交通工具的名詞和一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的句子。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音1，模仿原文語音語調(diào)。）
T: Listen to 1， read after the tape. Pay attention to your pronunciation.
2.（檢查學(xué)生們是否已劃出2中全文的一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)及交通工具。）
T: Look at 2. Where are the simple present tense?
Who wants to say: please!
Well done. Clap your hands for him/her!
Who wants to talk about the means of transport?
Wonderful! Today I’m very glad. Why? Do you know?
3.（兩人一組，全班合作，接龍游戲，做2。找學(xué)生讀一句英語，他的下一位同學(xué)要翻譯此句，依次類推。）
T: Would you love to play a game again?
Ss: ...
T: These are rules.
Example:
S1: Read the first sentence in English.
S2: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
S3: Read the second sentence in English.
S4: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
S5: Read the third sentence in English.
S6: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
Work in pairs and do 2. Can you catch me now?
OK， begin!
4.（分組活動(dòng)，全班分三大組，一組讀譯一段課文。）
T: Now，work in groups. We have three groups. One group read the first part in both English
and Chinese， the other group read the second part in both English and Chinese，the last
group read the third part in both English and Chinese. Go!
5.（男女生互相監(jiān)督。男生用英語讀全文，女生翻譯出全文，其余的男、女生監(jiān)督他倆是
否有錯(cuò)誤。若有錯(cuò)誤老師及時(shí)給予糾正。）
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（不看課文填表。培養(yǎng)鍛煉學(xué)生的記憶能力。）
T: Don’t look at your books and fill in the chart on page 8.
2.（人體鐘游戲。某學(xué)生用肢體當(dāng)時(shí)鐘，其余同學(xué)復(fù)述2中的內(nèi)容。）
T: Do you want to play a new game? A body clock. One student is a clock like this，all the rest retell the story on page 7. Example:
（讓一同學(xué)用手臂表示時(shí)針和分針。游戲方法：主持人發(fā)令：Ready. Go!作“鐘”的同
學(xué)擺出姿勢(shì)，擺出page 7短文中出現(xiàn)的時(shí)間，其他同學(xué)根據(jù)姿勢(shì)猜時(shí)刻后，再復(fù)述出這個(gè)時(shí)間點(diǎn)里Jane所做的事情及活動(dòng)。）
3.（制作表格，介紹自己一天的活動(dòng)。）
T: Make a new chart about your daily activities.
4.（利用課件，全班學(xué)生一起做1。）
5.（利用課件，簡(jiǎn)單歸納一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)，設(shè)計(jì)如下：）
（1）A: What time is it?
B: It’s seven o’clock.
（2）We want to know about the school life of American students.
（3）A: Do they have a short break after lunch?
B: No， they don’t.
（4）A: How do you usually go to school?
B: I usually go to school on foot.
（5）A: How does Michael often go to school?
B: He often walks to school.
（6）A: How often do you go to the library?
B: Three times a week.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（分組活動(dòng)。做1。一組負(fù)責(zé)一個(gè)音標(biāo)，總結(jié)所有學(xué)過單詞中發(fā)這個(gè)音的單詞。）
T: Do 1 on Page 7 in groups. First we’re divided into 4 groups. You’ll collect the words which pronounces the same phonetic in your brain.
2.（四人活動(dòng)，使用音標(biāo)圖片一起學(xué)習(xí)這4個(gè)音標(biāo)的正確發(fā)音。）
T: Let’s practice the four phonetics in groups.
Every group has four members.
3.（找?guī)孜粚W(xué)生把總結(jié)出來的所有單詞向大家匯報(bào)。）
T: Have you finished your collection? I’ll ask some students to report your answers to the class.
4.（獨(dú)立學(xué)習(xí)，做1和 2。）
T: Work alone 1 and 2.
5.（制表格做5，復(fù)習(xí)這一個(gè)話題學(xué)過的句型及重難點(diǎn)。）
T: Make a survey， just do 5 on page 8.
Use the sentences and pay attention to the key words.
6.（分組討論，做2，為下步布置作業(yè)作準(zhǔn)備。）
T: Talk about 2 on page 7 in groups.
7. Homework:
Write a passage about your daily activities.
Topic 2
Section A
The main activities are 1，2a and 3.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，2a和3。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the names of school buildings:
playground， lab， room， gym， classroom， road， building， pool
2. Learn the names of other things: thing, card
3. Learn the present continuous tense:
What are you doing?
I am reading in the library.
What is he doing?
He is watching TV in the bedroom.
4. Learn likes and dislikes:
Do you like our school?
Yes，I do./No， I don’t.
I like the computer room best.
I don’t like the library.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（做一個(gè)調(diào)查，調(diào)查學(xué)生是否喜歡校園生活，在課余經(jīng)常做什么活動(dòng)，為校園場(chǎng)所名稱
的學(xué)習(xí)埋下伏筆，也為現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的學(xué)習(xí)提供動(dòng)詞詞組。）
S1: =Yuan Hong
T: Today I want to make a survey. Yuan Hong， please answer my questions. Do you like
our school life?
S1: Yes， I like our school life.
T: What do you usually do in your spare time?
S1: I usually play basketball.
T: Thank you. ××，what do you usually do in your spare time?
S2: I often read books.
T: What about you， ××?
S3: I often go swimming.
...
2.（詢問學(xué)生通常在哪里做上述活動(dòng)，呈現(xiàn)校園場(chǎng)所名稱。）
T: I know you can have happy school life. Yuan Hong usually plays basketball.××（S2）
often reads books.××（S3）often goes swimming...Please answer my questions now.
Where do we play basketball?
S1: Playground.
T: Where do we read story books?
S2: Library.
T: Where do we swim?
S3: Swimming pool.
...
（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)預(yù)習(xí)，說出校園內(nèi)場(chǎng)所的名稱。）
T: Can you name the school buildings?
S1: Library，dining hall...
S2: Gym，lab...
...
3.（讓學(xué)生跟讀1的錄音，并把詞與圖正確搭配。）
T: Please listen to the tape and repeat. Then write the letters in the right place on the picture.
4.（引導(dǎo)學(xué)生觀察1的圖畫，呈現(xiàn)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)。）
T: Look at the picture. We can see a student in the library. What’s he doing? He’s reading a
book.
（板書句型。）
What’s he doing?
He’s reading a book.
（讓學(xué)生聽圖中的對(duì)話，并板書。）
T: Listen to the tape and repeat.
What’re you doing?
I’m reading Harry Potter.
（讓學(xué)生試著判斷上面兩個(gè)句型是用來表述什么時(shí)間下的動(dòng)作。）
T：（用漢語）黑板上兩個(gè)句型中的動(dòng)作是發(fā)生在什么時(shí)間的？
Ss：現(xiàn)在正在進(jìn)行的動(dòng)作。
T: That’s right. When we express something is happening， we use the present continuous tense.
(讓學(xué)生跟讀句子，總結(jié)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的結(jié)構(gòu)特點(diǎn)。)
T: Please read after me. And find the rules of the present continuous tense. He’s reading a book.
Ss: He’s reading a book.
T: I’m reading Harry Potter.
Ss: I’m reading Harry Potter.
T: Do you find the rules?
Ss: Yes. be + doing.
be+doing
be動(dòng)詞+動(dòng)詞ing形式
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（讓學(xué)生聽、讀2a對(duì)話，完成2b表格。）
T：Please listen to the tape， then read it again. Fill in the chart in 2b.
Name Kangkang Maria Wang Wei
Favorite place
Things he/she is doing
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生跟讀對(duì)話。）
T：Listen to the tape and repeat.
2.（讓學(xué)生分角色朗讀。）
T：Please work in pairs， read the dialog.
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容，回答問題。）
T: Please answer my questions. Which place does Michael like best?
S1: Computer room.
T: Which place does Jane like best?
S2: She likes the swimming pool best.
T: Which place does Kangkang like best?
S3: ...
...
4.（讓學(xué)生合上書本，根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容說出Michael等5位同學(xué)分別喜歡的地點(diǎn)。）
T: They like different places. Please tell me which place they like best.
S1: Michael likes computer room best. Jane likes...
S2: ..
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：12分鐘）
1.（問學(xué)生Kangkang等人正在做什么。）
T: Look at the pictures in 2a. Answer my questions.
What’s Kangkang doing?
S1: Kang is playing soccer.
T: What’s Maria doing?
S2: She is reading a story book.
T: What’s Wang Wei doing?
S3: He is sleeping.
2.（讓學(xué)生跟讀3中的對(duì)話。）
T: Please listen to the tape and repeat.
（根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容提問，讓學(xué)生回答，呈現(xiàn)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的一般疑問句形式。）
T: Is Jane doing her homework?
Ss: No， she isn’t.
T: Is Jane watching TV?
Ss: Yes， she is.
T: Is Michael playing basketball?
Ss: No， he isn’t.
T: What’s he doing?
Ss: He’s making cards.
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)4的圖畫進(jìn)行兩人對(duì)話。）
T: Please look at the pictures in 4. Ask and answer in pairs.
S1: Where is she?
S2: She is in the gym.
S1: Is she singing?
S2: No， she isn’t.
S1: What’s she doing?
S2: She’s dancing.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：13分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生調(diào)查班級(jí)的同學(xué)喜歡校園的哪里及原因。）
T: Please make a survey. And fill in the chart.
Name Favorite place Why
Wei Wei playground likes playing soccer
（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)調(diào)查內(nèi)容做報(bào)告。）
T: Please report what you surveyed.
S1: Wei Wei likes playground. He likes playing soccer.
...
2.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)chant的內(nèi)容做動(dòng)作。）
T: I’ll chant. Please perform the action when I chant.
What’re you doing now?
I am swimming now.
（學(xué)生做游泳動(dòng)作。）
What’re you doing now?
I am running now.
（學(xué)生做跑步動(dòng)作。）
...
3.（請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生到臺(tái)上做動(dòng)作，其它同學(xué)用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)進(jìn)行問答。）
T: Li Juan， come here.（出示一個(gè)dance的動(dòng)詞卡片給她看。）Please perform the action.
（學(xué)生表演跳舞動(dòng)作。）
T: What is she doing?
S: She’s dancing.
...
4.（作業(yè)，要求學(xué)生調(diào)查班級(jí)同學(xué)課余最喜歡做什么，最喜歡校園的什么場(chǎng)所。）
T: Please make a survey. What does your friend often do in spare time? Which place does
he/she like best and why? And write a short passage.
SectionB
The main activities are 1a， 2 and 3a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a， 2和3a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aids and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. learn other useful words and expressions:
most, better, minute， shelf， great, dear， borrow, of course, keep， return， post, newspaper, purse， money， anything， else, nothing, meal, umbrella
2. Talk about the present continuous tense:
What are you doing?
I’m looking for my purse.
Are you playing basketball?
No， I’m not.
3. Talk about how to buy and borrow things.
4. Talk about Lost and Found.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)/圖片/報(bào)紙/書/課件
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（檢查上次作業(yè)。）
T: Now， let’s check homework. S1， S2， S3 and S4， please report your answers to the class. S1， you， first. Go!
2.（兩人對(duì)話。復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
T: Work in pairs. Look at Page 10， 4， and make dialogs like these sentences. Attention!
Present continuous. I’ll give you two minutes to prepare. Then I’ll ask two students to act
out your dialogs.
3.（三人搭檔活動(dòng)。一位學(xué)生手拿任意一張圖片或在黑板上畫簡(jiǎn)筆畫，另兩位學(xué)生一問一
答，繼續(xù)復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的句子或一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的句子。）
T: Work in groups. This time I’ll ask three students to act the picture out. How to do it?
（老師隨即叫出三位學(xué)生，吩咐他們各自要做的任務(wù)。）
4.（老師與學(xué)生兩人一起表演在書店買書的過程。導(dǎo)入1a。老師參與表演，學(xué)生會(huì)更加積
極地參與課堂教學(xué)活動(dòng)。）
T: Let’s play a game.
（老師手拿一本仁愛版的英語教輔書。）
T: Boys and girls. I want to buy a book like this. Who is the boss of a bookstore? Who loves to act with me?
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（利用課件或圖片呈現(xiàn)1a。若用圖片，老師課前應(yīng)該已要求學(xué)生將有關(guān)書店買書活動(dòng)的
新單詞制成卡片，卡片上盡量顯示圖畫和單詞兩部分。老師現(xiàn)在手拿一張書店的圖片，
圖片的下面寫著“bookstore”。）
T: Look at the picture， where is it?
Ss: “書店”。
T: What is this in English? Read after me， please.
（老師拿著一張一學(xué)生正在買書的圖片）
T: What is he doing now? S1， do you know?
S1: I think he is buying books.
2. (老師假設(shè)一種情景：假如你買不到想要的圖書，那該怎么辦嗎？對(duì)，應(yīng)該很有禮貌地向別人借一下。)
T: Let’s learn 1b. Learn how to borrow books from others.
T: Excuse me, may I borrow this book?
S1: Sure! Here you are!
T: How long can I keep it?
S2: Two weeks.
(同時(shí)把重、難點(diǎn)板書在黑板上。)
May I borrow...?
Sure!/Certainly!/Of course.
You must .../Thank you anyway.
You’re welcome.
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，做1a。）
T: Look at 1a. Just listen， please.
2.（表演競(jìng)賽。教室前面一書架上擺滿仁愛版和其他版本圖書，然后找三組學(xué)生表演1a，
最后學(xué)生們自己評(píng)出哪組表演的最優(yōu)秀。老師對(duì)勝出者給予仁愛版圖書以獎(jiǎng)勵(lì)。）
T: Work in groups. Three groups will come to the front of the classroom to act. Do you love
Ren’ai books? If you win， I will give two Ren’ai books to the winners. Which group will
win? Ready， please. (Two minutes later.) Let’s begin to act the dialogs out.
3.（雙人對(duì)話。找兩位學(xué)生表演1b，一學(xué)生買不到書，然后找好朋友借。）
T: Don’t look at your books. Now， I will ask two students to act 1b out. S1 and S2， you，
please.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（老師又拿出一學(xué)生像在路上尋找東西的圖片。）
T: Well done. S2， look at the picture.Guess， what is he doing?
S2: I think he is looking for something.
T: You are right. He lost something.
（板書上句中劃線單詞lost，導(dǎo)入3a。板書如下：）
Lost: Found:
I lost a book. A book.
（一人正在尋找東西的圖片。） Please call:
Please call: 8856309 8821437
尋物啟示 失物招領(lǐng)
（老師解釋板書的內(nèi)容，叫學(xué)生預(yù)習(xí)3a一分鐘。）
2.（讓學(xué)生人手三張卡片，分別寫上數(shù)字號(hào)碼1、2、3，以備勝出者用。）
T: Are you ready? The first group， please.
（第一組表演結(jié)束后。）
T: Well done! Let’s clap for them. The second group， are you ready? Please.
（三組都表演結(jié)束后。）
T: Now， let’s choose the best group. which group is the best? Raise the number card. Go!
3.（聽錄音，做2和3a。）
T: Be quiet， please. Let’s listen to the tape. Don’t look at your books. Just listen， please.
（放完錄音后。）
T: Now， look at your books， 2 and 3a on Page 12. Read after the tape.
（老師開始重放2的錄音。）
4.（雙人對(duì)話，做1b。）
T: Work in pairs. Do 1b on the Page 11. Pay attention to the key words and phrases.
（老師強(qiáng)調(diào)重、難點(diǎn)。）
May I borrow...?
Sure!/Certainly!/Of course.
You must do...
Thank you./Thank you anyway.
You’re welcome.
5.（分組表演。做2，全班分四組表演，每一組中每次抽出三人分別扮演Michael， Maria
和Girl。）
T: Work in groups and do 2. Now we have four groups. Every group sends three members to
be as Michael， Maria and Girl.
6.（表演競(jìng)賽。用表演1a的競(jìng)賽規(guī)則或方式來做2。）
T: Would you love to be winners? Do you want to get the red flag? Let’s do 2. How to do it?...
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，復(fù)述或復(fù)習(xí)1a， 2和3a的內(nèi)容。）
（1）（先找一學(xué)生回憶1a的內(nèi)容，然后聽錄音1a，再讓其復(fù)述1a的內(nèi)容。）
T: Boys and girls. Have you remebered the story of 1a? S1, you want to try? Retell the story,
please. Let’s clap for him/her!
（2）（鼓勵(lì)更多的學(xué)生來參與復(fù)述2課文內(nèi)容。）
T: S2， do you want to try? Try to retell the story of 2. Who else? Raise your hand. Wow， so many!
（3）（分組表演競(jìng)賽，做3a。表演即復(fù)習(xí)3a的內(nèi)容。）
2. Homework:
（1）寫一篇有關(guān)買書過程的小短文，大約10句話。
（2）寫一則失物招領(lǐng)啟示，不少于兩個(gè)句子。
（3）預(yù)習(xí)13頁的1a。
（4）如有興趣，畫一張本校的建筑物分布圖。
Section C
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn other useful words and expressions:
plan, next to,near， upstairs， news， attention， between, movie, show, hall, program, gone,
wind, activity,stamp， world
2. Talk about news and poster.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／圖片／掛圖／單詞卡片
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（對(duì)話表演，全班分為四組，每組各表演一個(gè)對(duì)話，其他學(xué)生認(rèn)真聽，找錯(cuò)誤。對(duì)話時(shí)
間以一分鐘為限，老師數(shù)句子，稱為一分鐘對(duì)話。第一組學(xué)生借東西，可以在教室內(nèi)走
動(dòng)。第二組東西丟了，去失物招領(lǐng)處找回來。第三組去書店買書。第四組請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生表
演動(dòng)作，另兩個(gè)學(xué)生用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)對(duì)話。通過這個(gè)活動(dòng)來熱身，吸引學(xué)生的注意力，復(fù)
習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)并復(fù)習(xí)前面的對(duì)話。）
T: Group 1， please!
S1: ...
S2: ...
T: Very good! 20 sentences! Can you find any mistakes in the dialog?...Yeah， you’re right.
Let’s go on， Group 2， please!
...
2.（貼一張本校的圖片在黑板上，先把左邊的學(xué)校場(chǎng)所名稱用紙張遮起來。）
CLASSROOM BUILDING（教學(xué)樓。）
（1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8八間教室，9、10老師辦公室，11、12、13、14、15、16學(xué)生宿舍。）
T: Look at the picture， answer my questions:
（指著電腦室。）
T: What are they doing?
Ss： They are playing on the computer.
T: What’s the name of the room? Can you guess?
Ss: Yes, computer room.
T： Where’s the computer room?
S1: It’s in the classroom building.
S2：It’s next to the lab.
T： Good. We can also say，“It’s upstairs.”它在樓上。
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照，導(dǎo)入新詞upstairs。）
T：Which room is upstairs next to the computer room?
S3： I think it’s a lab. Is it right?
T: Right.
（指著圖書館。）
T: What are they doing?
S4: They are reading books.
T: hat’s the name of the room?
S5: Library. Is it a library?
T: You are right. Where is the library?
S6: It’s next to the room. I think it’s next to the gym. It’s a gym near(在……附近)the library.Because many students are dancing in the room. So I guess it’s a gym.
T: Well done! What’s the meaning of “near”? You know， yes， 在……附近。Who can
tell me, where is the dormitory building?
S7： It’s near the classroom building.它在教學(xué)樓附近。
（板書劃線部分。通過以上活動(dòng)，不僅導(dǎo)入新詞near， upstairs，而且復(fù)習(xí)了學(xué)校場(chǎng)所
名稱和現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。）
T: Listen to the tape and answer the questions:
（1）Where is my classroom?
（2）What do you do after school?
（3）What are near my classroom?
（4）Where is the computer room?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
next to-near-upstairs-play soccer
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1。）
2.（在平面圖上填寫學(xué)校場(chǎng)所。）
T: Read the passage and complete the places of the school.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a。學(xué)生跟讀。）
T: Follow the tape and repeat loudly.
2.（看圖和黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞復(fù)述短文。）
3.（完成1b和1c）
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（聽2a的錄音，回答問題。板書問題。）
（1）When does the game begin?
（2）Where is the game?
（3）When does the movie Gone with the Wind begin?
（4）When does the movie The sound of Music begin?
（5）Where can we watch the movies?
2.（學(xué)生跟讀2a。）
3.（學(xué)生聽做2b。）
4.（做3。）
T: Read Poster 1 and then fill in the blanks of Poster 2.
5.（用單詞卡片再現(xiàn)本課新詞，并造句。）
Examples：
T: What’s this in English， please?
Ss： Attention， please.
（出示“新聞”卡片。）
T: What’s this in English， please?
Ss: News. It’s a piece of news.它是一則新聞。
（出示“在……之間”卡片。）
Ss: Between， he sits between you and me.
（出示“郵票”卡片。）
T: How to say“郵票，郵展”in English?
S1: Stamp， stamp collection show.
（出示“世界”卡片。）
T: What’s this in English? How to say “在世界上”in English?
S2: World. In the world.
（出示“禮堂”卡片。）
S3: Hall. Come and see the stamp collection show in the school hall.
T: Wonderful， you are good boys and girls.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（描述理想的學(xué)校，把它畫下來，每組請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生到黑板上畫。）
2. (假設(shè)星期六晚上學(xué)校要在禮堂舉行一個(gè)歌舞晚會(huì)，請(qǐng)一起制作一個(gè)海報(bào)。)
3. Homework：
（1）(復(fù)習(xí)本單元單詞，以便下節(jié)課單詞競(jìng)賽。)
（2）(準(zhǔn)備一分鐘對(duì)話。)
Section D
The main activities are 1，3a and 5.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，3a和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the phonetics：
||, ||, ||, ||
2. Learn other useful words and expressions：
traffic, child, exercise, Japanese, the Great Wall, wonderful
3. Review the present continuous tense:
I’m looking for a book.
He isn’t cleaning the dormitory.
Are you doing your homework?
Yes， I am.／No， I’m not.
Is he／she...?
Yes， he／she is.／No， he／she isn’t.
What is he／she doing?
He／She is...
4. Talk about news.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／單詞卡片
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（單詞競(jìng)賽，老師抽查三排學(xué)生，被抽到的排，從左到右往下輪，每個(gè)學(xué)生讀并拼出一
個(gè)單詞，造一個(gè)句子。用上現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)，單詞一分，句子兩分。全班同學(xué)一起找錯(cuò)誤，
找到一個(gè)錯(cuò)誤加兩分。）
Example：
T： Please read the names of the school building， and make a sentence. One by one.
S1：Library. In the library. I’m reading in the library.
S2：Playground. On the playground. I’m running on the playground.
S3：Pool. The swimming pool. He’s swimming in the swimming pool.
（復(fù)習(xí)前面三課的單詞，板書如下：）
library， playground， lab， room， gym， building， pool， motorcycle， road，
shelf， physics， keep， return， borrow
（通過競(jìng)賽，吸引學(xué)生注意力，活躍課堂氣氛，調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)習(xí)積極性。）
2.（一分鐘對(duì)話，復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的肯定句，否定句，一般疑問句，特殊疑問句及其回答。）
(比賽規(guī)則：老師抽一排，全班4組8對(duì)學(xué)生，編一個(gè)對(duì)話進(jìn)行比賽，時(shí)間為一分鐘。請(qǐng)
一個(gè)同學(xué)計(jì)時(shí)，老師數(shù)句子。一句一分，全班同學(xué)找錯(cuò)誤，找到一個(gè)錯(cuò)誤加兩分，鼓勵(lì)
學(xué)生，并能提高聽力能力。)
3.（老師拿出一張照片，上面是一個(gè)日本女孩在健身房跳健美操。）
T： She is my pen pal， do you like her?
Ss： Yes, she is a beautiful girl， I like her a lot.
T： Is she running?
Ss： No， she isn’t.
T： What’s she doing?
Ss： She is dancing.
T： Yeah, right. She is taking exercise in the gym. 她在健身房做鍛煉。Do you like taking
exercise?
Ss： Yes, we do.
T： Where is she from? Do you know?
Ss： She is from Japanese.
T： No， you are wrong. She is from Japan. She is Japanese. She is a Japanese girl.她是日本人，她是一個(gè)日本女孩。
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照。導(dǎo)入exercise， Japanese。）
S1： I know， Kamiko is from Japan， she is Japanese.
S2： Xiaodingdang is from Japan， Kangfu is a Japanese boy.
S3： Yingtaoxiaowangzi is a Japanese girl， too.
T：You are all clever， you love cartoons. Who likes taking exercise in the cartoons? Can you
tell me?
S4： Daxiong likes taking exercise， so he is very strong.
S5： Kangfu doesn’t like taking exercise， so he is short and weak.
T：Good， you are wonderful.
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（呈現(xiàn)含/ts/、/dz/、/tr/、/dr/的單詞卡片，讓學(xué)生熟悉這些發(fā)音，為下面的操練做準(zhǔn)
備。）
T: What’s this?
S: It’s “boats”.
T: What’s that?
S: It’s “shirts”.
（板書boats， shirts，要求學(xué)生找規(guī)律。）
T： Look at these two words. What can you find out?
S1： ...
S2： ...
T： Good! Shirts “ts” makes /ts/，boats “ts” ， too.
You are clever! Read after me...
（再舉個(gè)/dz/的例子，步驟同上；然后呈現(xiàn)/tr/音標(biāo)，運(yùn)用頭腦風(fēng)暴法要求學(xué)生盡可能多
地說出發(fā)這個(gè)音的單詞，再進(jìn)行歸納，講授/dr/的方法同｜tr｜。并給出答案，誰能說出
1個(gè)單詞就加1分。）
Example：
playgrounds/dz/, roads/dz/ ， Australia /tr/，interest /tr/， restaurant /tr/， draw /dr/， drink
/dr/， hundred /dr/
T: Look at /tr/. What words have the sound /tr/ in them?
S: ...
T: Clever! I think “interest， Australia” have the sound /tr/.
Let’s go on another phonetics /dr/. Who knows...?
2.（聽錄音，跟讀1。）
T: Read after the tape， please.
3.（全班大聲齊讀，鞏固所學(xué)單標(biāo)。）
4.（看3a圖，聽錄音，判斷正誤。）
T: Look and listen carefully， fill in the blanks.
（板書。）
（1）He is ________ ________ in the gym in Picture 1.
（2）In picture 2， he is swimming in the ________ ________ .
（3）In picture 3， he is talking to ________ ________ ________ on the Great Wall.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（再放一遍錄音，并給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間準(zhǔn)備，看圖問答。每組請(qǐng)一對(duì)同學(xué)，一句加兩分。）
T: Ask and answer in pairs according to the pictures as possible as you can.
Example：
A: Where is Wen Wei in Picture 1／...?
B: He is...
A: What is he doing?
B: He is...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，跟讀4a， 4b。讓學(xué)生再復(fù)習(xí)一遍本話題的重難點(diǎn)。）
2.（學(xué)生做2。）
T: Listen carefully and match.
3.（連線后，再讓學(xué)生把這些句子變成否定句、一般疑問句、特殊疑問句并回答。）
Example：
S1: Which place does Jane like best?
S2: I think she likes her bedroom best.
S3: Is Maria singing a song in the classroom?
S4: Yes， she is.
S5: Kangkang is playing soccer in the gym. Is it right or wrong?
S6: It’s wrong. He is playing soccer on the playground.
S7: What are their teachers doing?
S8: They are working in the office.
...
（通過雙人活動(dòng)，學(xué)生充分地掌握了本話題的4a和4b。）
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（布置學(xué)生每人寫一篇海報(bào)。）
2.（展示學(xué)生的海報(bào)并在班上讀出來。）
Example:
Found: A yellow purse is in the Lost and Found Room. Please come to get it at 3∶00 p.m.
today.
(假設(shè)海報(bào)貼出來后，有幾個(gè)同學(xué)前來認(rèn)領(lǐng)錢包。寫海報(bào)的同學(xué)當(dāng)即采訪他們。)
Questions：
（1）What color is the purse?
（2）What’s in the purse?
（3）Where’s the purse?
（4）What time can I get the purse?
Topic 3
Section A
The main activities are 1 and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1.（1）Learn days of the week：
Monday， Tuesday， Wednesday， Thursday， Friday
（2）Learn subjects：
history， math， art， geography， P.E.
2. Review present continuous Wh-questions:
-What class are they having?
-They’re having a music class.
3. Talk about subjects and timetable:
-What time does the class begin?
-At ten o’clock.
-What time does it finish?
-At twenty to eleven.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／圖片／小黑板
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（師生共同說唱，復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
T: Let’s chant “What are you doing?”
What are you doing now?
I’m singing now.
What are you doing now?
I’m dancing now.
What are you doing now?
I’m walking now.
What are you doing now?
I’m playing now.
（老師一邊唱，一邊做動(dòng)作，全班同學(xué)跟著唱，一起做動(dòng)作，活躍課堂，激發(fā)學(xué)生興趣。）
2.（通過復(fù)習(xí)，導(dǎo)入科目。）
T: What are you doing now?
Ss: We are singing a song.
T： What are we doing now? We can also say “We are having a class now.” What class are
we having? We are having an English class.
(我們正在上什么課？我們正在上英語課。)
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照，導(dǎo)出新的詞組have an English class。）
T: Do you have an English class every day?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What time does the class begin?
Ss: At ten to eight.
T: What time does the class finish?
Ss: At twenty-five to nine.
（板書劃線部分，引出生詞begin， finish。）
（掛出小黑板，開始呈現(xiàn)科目，練習(xí)問科目，上、下課時(shí)間單詞。）
Subject Time
（begin-finish） What day
English 7∶50-8∶35 every day
Math 8∶45-9∶30 every day
Geography 9∶50-10∶35 Monday
History 10∶45-11∶30 Tuesday
Biology 14∶00-14∶45 Wednesday
Art 14∶55-15∶40 Thursday
P.E. 15∶50-16∶35 Friday
T: Look at the blackboard， answer my questions. Do you have a math class every day?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What time does the class begin?
Ss: At...
T: What time does the class finish?
Ss: At...
T: Now I give you two minutes to practice these sentences. You work in pairs.
（給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間練習(xí)，同桌對(duì)話。一個(gè)同學(xué)問，一個(gè)同學(xué)答，然后交換角色。）
3.（引出表示星期的單詞。）
T: Do you have a Chinese class today?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What day is it today?
Ss: It is Monday.
（板書呈現(xiàn)生詞Monday，學(xué)習(xí)詢問今天星期幾及其回答。）
T: What class do we have on Tuesday? 在星期二，我們上什么課？
Ss: History.歷史課。
（幫助學(xué)生回答，并再給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間，練習(xí)星期的表達(dá)法。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音，可以降低難度。）
What day is it today?
What class are they having?
What time does the class begin?
What time does it finish?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
Wednesday-have a music class-begin-finish
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1，為下一步學(xué)生不看課本自由表演打下基礎(chǔ)。）
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。
這樣做可以集中學(xué)生注意力，提高效率。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，提高學(xué)生興趣。）
T: You are Jane. Listen to Helen and make a dialog with her.
4.（學(xué)生兩人一組表演1。）
T: Work in pairs. Look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師把一張漂亮的圖片貼在黑板上，上面是一張英語課程表，下面是六個(gè)問題。）
T: Look at the timetable and answer the questions.
（1）How many lessons do you have every day?
（2）How many English lessons do you have every week?
（3）What time do morning classes begin?
（4）What time is school over?
（5）What is your favorite subject?
（6）How often do you do outdoor activities?
2.（使用動(dòng)作復(fù)習(xí)有關(guān)科目和星期的單詞。）
T: Now， look at me and guess， what am I doing? Which class am I in?
（老師做出唱歌跳舞的動(dòng)作。）
Ss: You are singing and dancing in music class.
T: What day do you have a music class?
Ss: On Wednesday.
（讓一個(gè)同學(xué)做動(dòng)作，另外兩個(gè)同學(xué)一問一答。）
Example：
S1: 做畫畫動(dòng)作。
S2: What is he doing? And which class is he in?
S3: He is drawing pictures in art class.
（小組活動(dòng)進(jìn)行替換操練，完成2b。）
3.（呈現(xiàn)P183的兩幅圖片，雙人活動(dòng)，進(jìn)行對(duì)話練習(xí)。）
T: Let’s read 3 and work in pairs like this：
Examples：
A: What day is it today?
B: It’s...
A: What class are they having?
B: They’re...
A: What time does the class begin?
B: At...
A: What time does the class finish?
B: At...
4.（讓學(xué)生做4。）
T: Listen and fill in the chart.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（做一個(gè)調(diào)查，采訪班上的同學(xué)，了解他們一周中每一天喜歡的科目及原因。）
T: Please design your favorite timetable for a week and fill in the chart.
Time Favorite subject Like／Dislike Reasons What day
8∶00-9∶00 Art Like very much Like drawing pictures Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
2.（學(xué)生完成調(diào)查表格后，把調(diào)查結(jié)果匯報(bào)給全班同學(xué)。）
T: You can report it to your class like this：
On Monday， my favorite subject is art. It begins at eight and finishes at nine. I like it very
much. Because I like drawing pictures.
3. Homework：
(做英語課程表。)
Section B
The main activities are 1a and 2.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn some useful words and expressions：
question， Australia， easy， interesting， difficult， boring
2. Talk about likes and dislikes：
Why do／don’t you like English?
Because it’s easy and interesting.／Because it’s difficult and boring.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／小黑板／卡片／圖片／照片／投影儀
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（師生互動(dòng)復(fù)習(xí)舊問候語。）
T: Good morning， class.
Ss: Good morning， Miss...／Mr....
T: What day is it today?
Ss: It is...
T: What class are we having?
Ss: We’re having an English class.
（提問全班男生。）
T: What time does the class begin?
Boys: At...
（提問全班女生。）
T: What time does it finish？
Girls: At...
2.（分組討論問題，復(fù)習(xí)有關(guān)科目、星期的特殊疑問句。）
T: OK， very good! Now take out your schedule， look at it and ask and answer in groups.
取出一個(gè)小黑板，呈現(xiàn)以下問題：
Questions：
（1）How many lessons do you have every day?
（2）How many English／Chinese...lessons do you have every week?
（3）What time is school over?
（4）What is your favorite subject?
（5）How often do you do outdoor activities?
3.（請(qǐng)一組同學(xué)到講臺(tái)上進(jìn)行連鎖問答，第一個(gè)人問，第二個(gè)人答，第二個(gè)人接著問，第
三個(gè)人答。）
4. ①（使用單詞卡片教學(xué)生詞question， Australia， easy, difficult， interesting,boring。）
②（把生詞先變成詞組，再變成句子，進(jìn)行擴(kuò)充操練。）
（出示question的單詞卡。）
Example：
T: Do you have any questions? Yes or no?
Ss: No， we have no questions.
（出示Australia單詞卡。）
T: Australia. I come from Australia.
（出示first單詞卡，指著第一排的第一個(gè)同學(xué)。）
T: You are the first in row one. May I ask you the first question? What do you think of our
school life?
S1: I like the school life.
（出示last單詞卡，指著這一排的最后一個(gè)同學(xué)。）
T: Well done， you are the last one. May I ask you the last question? Do you like the school life?
S2: Yes， I like it， too.
（出示easy和difficult的單詞卡。）
T: Do you like math? Is it easy or difficult?
S3: Yes， I do. It’s easy.
S4: No， I don’t think so. I think it’s difficult.
（出示interesting和boring的單詞卡。）
T: Do you like playing games? Why?
S5: Yes， I do. Because it’s interesting.
T: Wonderful， then do you like learning about the past?
S6: No， I don’t. It’s boring.
③（用情景對(duì)話來復(fù)習(xí)鞏固本課的生詞。假設(shè)班上來了一個(gè)教師Mr.White，請(qǐng)一個(gè)同學(xué)扮演這個(gè)角色，大家來采訪他，一個(gè)同學(xué)問一個(gè)問題，盡量用上新詞。）
Example：
S1: Where do you come from?
Mr.White: I come from Australia.
S2: Are you a teacher?
Mr.White: Yes， I am.
S3: Do you like English?
Mr.White: Yes， I do.
S4: Why do you like English?
Mr.White: Because it’s easy and interesting.
S5: Do you like Chinese?
Mr.White: No， I don’t.
S6: Why don’t you like it?
Mr.White: Because it’s difficult and boring.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音。）
T: Listen to the tape， make True（T）or False（F） for these sentences and correct them.
（1）Ms. Jones comes from America.
（2）She teaches English.
（3）She teaches Grade 2.
（4）She has twelve lessons every week.
（5）She likes the school life.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。）
T: Rub them clean and read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Let’s begin.
3.（全班分成兩組操練分別扮演新聞?dòng)?
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇9】
2 give sb sth = give sth to sb 給某人某物 / 把某物給某人
3 help sb do sth 幫助某人作某事 Eg: I want to help my mother do some housework at home.
4 help sb with sth 幫助某人謀事 Eg: I want to help my mother with some housework at home
8 be busy doing sth 忙于做某事 Eg: He is busy listening to the teacher.
① What + is / are + sb?
② What + does/ do + sb + do?
③ What + is/ are + 名詞所有格/ 形容詞性物主代詞 + job?
2 People give me their money or get their money from me.
3 Sometimes I work in the day and sometimes at night.
4 I like talking to people.
5 I work late. I’m very busy when people go out to dinners.
6 Where does your sister work?
7 then we have a job for you as a waiter.
8 Do you want to work for a magazine? Then come and work for us as a reporter.
9 Do you like to work evenings and weekends?
10 We are an international school for children of 5-12.
1 policeman- policemen 2 woman doctor- women doctors 3 thief-thieves
注意:
◎ policeman和policewoman的復(fù)數(shù)形式是policemen和policewo-men，postman 和post woman也是如此
◎如waiter和waitress、actor和actress是有男女區(qū)別的，在形容女士時(shí)要注意
原句:I want to be an actor.
Eg: He wants a book. want to do sth 想要做某事
Eg: She wants to go out. want sb to do sth 想讓某人做某事
want to be …想成為……
Eg:I want to be an actor.
work for sb as a/an…
1、三種人稱：第一人稱(I, we)，第二人稱(you, you)，第三人稱(he, she, it, Maria)。
2、人稱代詞的主格，即人稱代詞位于句子主語位置時(shí)的形態(tài)：I, We, You, You, He, She, It, Maria。
3、人稱代詞的賓格，即人稱代詞位于句子賓語位置時(shí)的形態(tài)：me, us, you, you, him, her, it。
4、形容詞性物主代詞：my, our, your, your, his, her, its, their。
5、名詞性物主代詞：mine, ours, yours, yours, his, hers, its, theirs。
6、反身代詞：myself, ourselves, yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself, themselves。
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇10】
Topic 3
Section A
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a.
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions about activities of entertainment:
recite a Chinese poem, perform magic tricks, perform kung fu, rock, recitation, yesterday
2. Learn simple past:
Verbs in simple past: played the piano, danced, recited poems, performed magic tricks, sang a song
3. Talk about past events:
A: Did you sing a song?
B: Yes, I did.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)／卡片／掛圖等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
(圖片呈現(xiàn)和復(fù)習(xí)。)
（教師手拿圖片背對(duì)學(xué)生,叫一名學(xué)生到前面來,把看到的圖片做動(dòng)作,讓其它學(xué)生猜出其動(dòng)作,寫出目標(biāo)語言。）
T: Look at this one, do the action.
S1: （手拿話筒做唱歌狀。）
T: Guess like this. Did you...?
S2: Did you sing a song?
S1: Yes, I did.
S3: （做跳舞狀。）
S4: Did you play the guitar?
S3: No, I didn’t.
S5: Did you dance?
S3: Yes, I did.
（練習(xí)四個(gè)圖片,讓學(xué)生初步了解did的用法,然后讓學(xué)生同桌對(duì)話,互相問答。）
T: OK.Now let’s listen to the conversation between Ben and Jane. What did they do at Kangkang’s birthday party?
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,激發(fā)聽錄音的興趣。）
How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Did Ben sing a song?
Did Jane recite a Chinese poem at the party?
What did Sally do?
What did Tom do?
How was Kangkang at the party?
T: Listen to the tape. Answer the questions on the blackboard.
（老師放錄音1a,聽一遍,回答問題,板書呈現(xiàn)關(guān)鍵詞。）
birthday party - sing a song - recite a Chinese poem - dance
-performed magic tricks - enjoy the party
T: Listen to the tape again and follow each sentence. Fill in the form.
（清晰每個(gè)主人公在晚會(huì)上所做的事情并完成表格。）
Whose birthday party Who sang a song Who recited
a Chinese poem Who danced Who performed magic tricks
Kangkang Jane Helen Sally Tom
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（再放一次錄音,學(xué)生跟讀標(biāo)出（用鉛筆）重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Now listen to the tape again and draw“up or down” with your pencil like this: {
Example:
How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
（例子寫在黑板上。）
2.（先自讀一遍對(duì)話,然后跟錄音機(jī)一起讀。）
T: First,I ‘ll give you one minute to read the dialog.
Ss: （大聲朗讀并根據(jù)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞理解整個(gè)對(duì)話。）
T: Follow the tape.
（目的是糾正發(fā)音。）
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話,放一句問題,學(xué)生回答一句,集中學(xué)生的注意力。）
T: OK. Now let’s make a conversation with the tape.The tape is Ben and you are Jane.
Example:
The tape: How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Ss: It was very nice.
The tape: Did you sing a song?
Ss: Yes. I did. I sang an English song.
The tape: Your Chinese is very good. Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
Ss: No, I didn’t. Helen did.
The tape: What did Sally do?
...
4.（再轉(zhuǎn)換一遍角色把the tape與Ss對(duì)調(diào)。）
T: Now you are Ben and the tape is Jane. Let’s drill.
5.（看黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞,兩人一組進(jìn)行表演1a,不能看書忘記的話可用自己的話去組織,學(xué)會(huì)說英語,學(xué)以致用,對(duì)話的主人公可換自己身邊的人。）
T: Work in pairs, close your books. Look at the blackboard and act out the dialog. Boys, girls, please.
Boys: How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Girls: It was very nice.
...
S1: How was Taochang’s birthday party?
S2: Very nice.
...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生獨(dú)立做2,自主學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Now work alone, do it by yourselves.
（I）... Have you finished?
Ss: Yes.
T: Let’s check the answers....
2.（1）（一個(gè)同學(xué)做動(dòng)作,另一個(gè)同學(xué)猜,并用陳述句板書在黑板上,句子呈現(xiàn)動(dòng)詞過去時(shí)的一般規(guī)律瞖d。）
T: Now I’ll call two of you, one does action, the other guesses what he did. And speak it out.
S1: （做打排球的動(dòng)作）
S2: Did you play volleyball?
S1: Yes. You are right.
T: We can say: He played volleyball.
...
He played volleyball.sang a song
He performed magic tricks.read a book
He enjoyed the party.
（從上述三個(gè)句子讓學(xué)生總結(jié)出動(dòng)詞過去式變化的一般規(guī)律,動(dòng)詞+ed。）
T: Who can tell me the rules of verbs?
（2）（老師呈現(xiàn)幾個(gè)圖片,體現(xiàn)動(dòng)詞過去式的第二種變化形式以e結(jié)尾+d。）
T: Look at these pictures and find out the rules of verbs.
（3）（呈現(xiàn)以輔音+y結(jié)尾的動(dòng)詞,讓學(xué)生了解其過去式的變化,把y變i+ed。）
T: Look at these sentences and see how to change them.
She flies a kite→She flied a kite.
He tries his best to do his homework.→He tried his best to do his homework.
（4）（老師做動(dòng)作,讓學(xué)生猜出動(dòng)作的動(dòng)詞短語,用動(dòng)詞過去式表現(xiàn)特殊變化。）
T: This time I do action, you guess, the first one.
S1: Sang a song.
T: The second one.
S2: Read a book.
（讓學(xué)生猜對(duì)后,板書在黑板上面。）
（5）（總結(jié)一般過去式的動(dòng)詞變化規(guī)律,學(xué)生通過上述活動(dòng)自己歸納總結(jié)。）
T: Sum up the changes of verb.
（一般過去時(shí),動(dòng)詞變化有規(guī)律。①詞尾+ed；②以e結(jié)尾，直接+d；③輔音+y，把y變 i, 再+ed,不規(guī)則變化特殊記。）
（同時(shí)板書①②③。）
3.（讓學(xué)生看2a的節(jié)目單,給兩分鐘時(shí)間,了解節(jié)目出演情況并填空。）
T: Look at the program list and fill in the blanks with proper form.
4.（讓四名學(xué)生回答填空的答案,每人一句。）
T: Check the answers.
S1: ...didn’t play...
S2: ...played...sang...
S3: ...recited...danced...
S4: ...performed...was...
T: Very good!（表揚(yáng)學(xué)生,激勵(lì)學(xué)生貫穿始終,讓學(xué)生感到學(xué)習(xí)的快樂。）
5.（讓學(xué)生看2a的節(jié)目單,兩人一組做對(duì)話。）
T: Now let’s do oral work in pairs, Look at the program list and make conversation with your partner like this:
A: Hi, Maria, did you go to Kangkang’s party?
B: Yes, I did.
A: Did you play the guitar?
B: No, I didn’t. I played the piano.
T: Ready?You two. Use your own name.
S1: ×× ,did you perform kung fu?
S2: No, I didn’t. I performed magic tricks.
...
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（做游戲。）
T: Make an action and let your partners guess what you did at ×× party.
A: Did you play the piano?
B: No. I didn’t.
A: Did you play the guitar?
B: Yes, I did. It’s your turn.
...
2.（根據(jù)自己過生日的情景,做一個(gè)report,可結(jié)合1a／2a填空部分復(fù)述。）
T: Stop here! Let’s do a report like this:
At my friend Xiao Hua’s birthday party, I played the guitar and Li sang a pop song “Qilixiang”.Some girls danced with music... Xiao Hua was very happy. And we had a good time.
S1: ...
3.（彈性課堂,讓學(xué)生回家調(diào)查自己父母是如何過生日的,寫一篇父母親的生日的作文。運(yùn)用自己學(xué)過的所有知識(shí)。）
4.（家庭作業(yè),預(yù)習(xí)下一個(gè)Section B 的生詞。）
Section B
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions:
fall, dirty, happen, himself, night, daddy, lie, tell a lie
2. Talk about past events:
I fell down.
I didn’t hear you.
Did you hurt yourself?Yes, I did.
No, I didn’t.
What time did you come back last night?
Why did you come back so late?
3. Talk about blame and complaint:
Why did you come back so late?
How could you lie to me?
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)／簡(jiǎn)筆畫／卡片／掛圖等
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1. 方案a（用section A部分1a復(fù)習(xí)Kangkang生日晚會(huì)的情況,寫出Kangkang生日的另一項(xiàng)活動(dòng)。）
T: At Kangkang’s birthday party.
（老師手拿圖片,正面人物,背面動(dòng)詞短語,和同學(xué)一同回憶在康康的生日晚會(huì)上他們都做了哪些活動(dòng)。）
Ss: Helen recited a Chinese poem,
Jane sang a song,
Sally danced,
Tom performed magic tricks.
T: After that, Kangkang played a game “musical chair” with his classmates. Do you want to know what happened to Michael?Now let’s listen to the conversation among Michael,Jane, Kangkang and Maria.
方案b（以musical chair游戲?qū)懗?a對(duì)話。）
T: Today we’ll play a game named “musical chair”.
Listen to the music, run around the chairs. When music stops, sit down on the chair beside you.
（事先組織好學(xué)生在教室的空地,放好五把椅子,讓六個(gè)學(xué)生來做游戲,看誰最后獲勝。）
T: OK. Now stop! ×× is the winner. Clap your hands for him／her. Go back to your seat. At Kangkang’s birthday party, Kangkang also played this game with Michael, Maria and Jane. Do you want to know who was the winner? And what happened to Michael?Who lost the game? Now let’s listen to the conversation among them. Listen carefully. Begin.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
（設(shè)置板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,激發(fā)聽錄音的興趣。）
Who missed the chair?
Did he hurt himself?
Can he stand up?
Who let him wash his hands?
T: Listen to the tape, answer the questions on the blackboard.
（老師放錄音1a,回答問題,板書呈現(xiàn)關(guān)鍵詞。）
missed the chair-fell down-hurt yourself-stand up-dirty-washroom
T: Please open your book, look at the picture on Page 71 for one minute, then listen to the conversation again, try to follow the conversation.
（第二遍清楚對(duì)話者所說話語,為下面復(fù)述或?qū)υ捵鳒?zhǔn)備。）
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（再放一次錄音,看黑板上的重點(diǎn)詞組并跟讀。）
T: Look at the main phrases on the blackboard. Listen to the tape again and follow.
2.（打開書給一分鐘自己讀對(duì)話。）
T: Now read the conversation by yourselves on Page 71.I’ll give you one minute.
3.（糾正發(fā)音。）
T: Follow the tape again.
4.（看黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞,四人一組進(jìn)行表演1a,不看書根據(jù)自己的理解和記憶表演,也可加入自己的語言、情感,在學(xué)中用,為了用而學(xué)。）
（1）T: Work in groups,close your books. Look at the key words on the blackboard. Act out the dialog.
S1: ...
S2: ...
S3: ...
S4: ...
（2）T: Look at the pictures, get the key sentences, then make conversation in groups.（合作精神的培養(yǎng)和學(xué)習(xí)。）
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音讓學(xué)生獨(dú)立做1b,自主學(xué)習(xí)的培養(yǎng)。）
T: Now work alone, do 1b by yourselves, check the statements to know what happened to Michael at the party.
Ss: √ missed the chair √ fell down
couldn’t stand up √ washed his hands
√ was OK hurt himself
2.（復(fù)述對(duì)話,培養(yǎng)學(xué)生遷移能力。）
T: Make a report to retell the story,you can begin like this:
At Kangkang’s birthday party, they played a game...
3. 我們知道了Michael在康康生日會(huì)musical chair游戲中的遭遇,下面我們?cè)賮砹私庖幌翵udy昨晚做些什么,又遭遇了什么?？磮D,或自做一幅圖片讓學(xué)生猜究竟發(fā)生了什么？激發(fā)學(xué)生的興趣。
T: At Kangkang’s birthday party, we know Michael missed the chair and fell down, but what happened to Judy last night? Look at the picture,can you guess?
4.（由圖片上的目標(biāo)語言猜出了Judy晚歸,從而導(dǎo)出blame and complain。）
（1）（設(shè)置板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,集中注意力。）
Did Judy go to a movie with Alice and Lisa?
If no, what did she do?
（2）（聽錄音,回答問題,板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
T: Listen to the tape, answer the questions on the blackboard.
F J
What time half past ten
Why late video games
How lie went to a movie
（3）（再聽一遍錄音,看板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
T: Listen to the tape again,follow the conversation.
（回答黑板上的問題,并掌握責(zé)備和報(bào)怨的句型。）
What time did she come back?
Half past ten.
Midnight.
What did Judy do last night?
She went to play video games.
She went to a movie with Alice and Lisa.
Why did you come back so late?
How could you lie to me?
（4）（根據(jù)對(duì)話改寫一篇短文填空,目的是練習(xí)過去時(shí)否定式。）
T: Last night Judy came back home late. She get home at half past ten, so her father hear her. Judy said she went to a movie with Alice and Lisa, but she go to a movie. She told a lie.In fact, she went to play video games.
（5）（兩人一組做對(duì)話練習(xí)合作學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Work in pairs to practice the dialog.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（做一項(xiàng)調(diào)查并填表,練習(xí)對(duì)話。）
never seldom sometimes often usually always
Judy
（首先,讓學(xué)生分四人組做一個(gè)調(diào)查報(bào)告 Did you ever come home so late at night? Did you ever tell a lie?完成上表,然后全體集體調(diào)查,讓學(xué)生問How many students never／seldom／sometimes...?最后任意抽查學(xué)生向大家匯報(bào)。）
In our class 20 students tell a lie once, 5 students never.
2.（教師鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生說實(shí)話,正視自己所犯的錯(cuò)誤,并以自己為例告訴學(xué)生,不要說謊,要做誠(chéng)實(shí)的孩子,培養(yǎng)情感態(tài)度和正確的價(jià)值觀。）
T: Did you ever tell a lie?Why?
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)自己撒過的謊進(jìn)行反思,并寫出危害,回到家里及時(shí)和父母溝通,增進(jìn)父母與孩子的感情。）
T: Write a passage about a lie and read it to your parents.
4.（介紹一些有關(guān)撒謊的習(xí)慣說法。）
It’s good to tell a white lie（善意的謊言）.
Telling lie is bad.
Cheating others is cheating ourselves.
5.（家庭作業(yè),預(yù)習(xí)下一課單詞和動(dòng)詞的過去式。）
T: Here is your homework, preview the new words and the past form of verbs.
Section C
The main activities are 1a and 1b.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和1b。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions:
silent, blow, blow out,breath, lose
2. Learn the irregular past form of verbs:
is→was are→were have→had give→gave make→made sit→sat blow→blew send→sent come→came do→did sing→sang lose→lost buy→bought
3. Talk about birthday party celebration.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
圖片／掛圖／彩色粉筆等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
（老師詢問學(xué)生們是怎樣過自己的生日的,活躍課堂氣氛。）
1.（復(fù)習(xí)Section A、B中Kangkang的生日慶祝方式及做了哪些游戲,教師和學(xué)生一起回顧,用卡片／圖畫協(xié)助回顧。）（圖略）
（展現(xiàn)Section B中1a的“musical chair”的游戲圖。）
T: Have you remembered what they did at Kangkang’s birthday party?
Ss: Jane sang a song,Helen recited a Chinese poem, Sally danced, Tom performed magic
tricks, and Kangkang also played a game “Musical Chair” with his classmates.（幫助學(xué)
生用正確的動(dòng)詞過去式。）
T: What happened to Michael in the game?
Ss: Michael missed the chair and fell down, he lost the game.
T: Good!
2.（教師把73頁的圖片（圍坐在桌旁吃蛋糕的畫面）掛在黑板上,讓學(xué)生看Kangkang過生日時(shí)的一幅場(chǎng)景,激發(fā)興趣。）
T: Now look at the picture on the blackboard. How did Kangkang celebrate his birthday party? How old was Kangkang?
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生討論后,教師把過生日的關(guān)鍵詞板書在黑板上為學(xué)生復(fù)述作準(zhǔn)備。）
last Saturday→At Kangkang’s home→his friends
（when） （where） （who）
gave birthday cards→sang songs, danced and played games
sat around the cake→made a silent wish
blew the candles out→had a good time
（what） （how）
2.（讓學(xué)生聽錄音1a,設(shè)置板書,讓學(xué)生帶著問題去聽,并回答問題。）
What did his parents buy for us?
What did the children send to Kangkang?
Did Kangkang like the birthday cards?
How many candles were there?
Who blew out the candles?
T: Now I’ll give you 3 minutes to listen to the tape and read the passage. And then answer the questions.
3.（老師檢查問題答案。）
T: Have you finished? Let’s check the answers.
S1: Foods, drinks and fruits.
S2: Many presents...birthday cards.
...
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（根據(jù)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞讓學(xué)生不看書復(fù)述課文,用自己組織的語言。體現(xiàn)了學(xué)以致用。）
T: Use the key words on the blackboard. Try to retell the passage.
S1: Last Saturday, Kangkang celebrated his birthday at his home, and his friends sent presents to him.
（學(xué)生不會(huì)表達(dá)的詞匯,老師給予幫助,體現(xiàn)教師和學(xué)生的關(guān)系,教師是主導(dǎo),學(xué)生是主體。）
2.（再讓學(xué)生閱讀一遍短文,邊讀邊圈出文章中的動(dòng)詞,為做1b準(zhǔn)備。）
T: Read the passage again, circle the verb in it.
Example:
It was Kangkang’s birthday last Saturday. His parents bought lots of food and drinks for us...
3.（讓學(xué)生獨(dú)自做 1b,自主學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Now do 1b by yourselves, two minutes.
4.（教師檢查1b的答案,并對(duì)錯(cuò)的給予更正。）
T: Let’s check the answers.
Is are have give make sit blow send
Was were had gave made sat blew sent
Come do like dance play sing lose buy
Came did liked danced played sang lost bought
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（把不規(guī)則變化的動(dòng)詞制成卡片,強(qiáng)化練習(xí),看到原形說出過去式,看到過去式說出原形,以快速搶答的形式進(jìn)行練習(xí),具體操作如下。）
正面
sing
反面
sang
T: Now let’s flash cards, answer quickly.
2.（給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間,做2填空題。）
T: Now work alone 2 by yourselves.
3.（核對(duì)答案。）
T: Let’s check the answers.
4.（根據(jù)閱讀填表,遷移能力培養(yǎng)。）
Whose Where Who What How
Birthday (在哪兒) （都有誰） （干了什么） （最后怎樣）
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 15分鐘）
1.（結(jié)合1a和2的短文,寫一篇關(guān)于自己過生日的短文,使用一般過去時(shí)。）
T: Write a passage about your birthday party, at least 50 words.
2.（老師問學(xué)生今天有沒有過生日的同學(xué),如有,大家共唱生日快樂歌送給他／她。）
T: Is today anybody’s birthday?Hands up.
Let’s sing songs for her.“Happy Birthday.”
3.（彈性課堂brain storming,把所有關(guān)于過生日的詞匯快速說出,最后列出鏈圖,兩分鐘時(shí)間說出最多的詞匯。）
Example:
S: birthday-presents-cake-candle-...
4. Home work:
（預(yù)習(xí)Section D的內(nèi)容。
（1）找出在Kangkang生日晚會(huì)上他們所做活動(dòng)的一切動(dòng)詞短語。
①慶?；顒?dòng)；②游戲活動(dòng)；③生日慶祝過程
（2）動(dòng)詞的規(guī)則變化與不規(guī)則變化。
（3）布置一分鐘對(duì)話,work in pairs,用上本topic的主要句型。
Section D
The main activities are 1,2 and 5.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1,2和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Review the words and phrases of topic 3:
recite poems, perform magic tricks, perform kung fu, rock song, fall down, dirty,happen, hurt himself／yourself, night, lie,play video games, silent,in one breath, lose,blow out
2. Review the simple past（行為動(dòng)詞）:
Jane played the guitar.
I missed the chair.
I didn’t hear you.
Did you play the guitar?
Yes, I did.
Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
No, I didn’t.
What did Sally do?
She danced.
3. Review birthday party celebration.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
卡片／錄音機(jī)／簡(jiǎn)筆畫等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（頭腦風(fēng)暴: 教師根據(jù)Topic 3 birthday party的慶祝活動(dòng)游戲和生日慶祝過程,運(yùn)用卡片、圖畫提示,讓學(xué)生在限定的時(shí)間內(nèi),運(yùn)用集體智慧,全部說出所學(xué)知識(shí),活躍課堂氣氛。）
T: According to the activities of celebration, entertainment and the processes of a birthday party,let’s do a brain torming. First speak out the sentences of how to celebrate Kangkang’s birthday as many as possible. Only one minute, begin.（結(jié)合Section A 1a和2a。）
S1: Jane played the guitar and sang a song,er...
S2: Helen recited a Chinese poem.
S3: Kangkang performed kung fu and enjoyed the party.
S4: Tom performed magic tricks.
S5: Maria performed ballet and played the piano...
S6: ...
T: Time is up! Well done! Let’s review together.
Ss: Jane played the guitar and sang a song.
Maria played the piano and performed ballet.
...
T: Second, speak out the verbs or verb phrases of “musical chairs”.（分兩組進(jìn)行,看哪組說的多。）
Group A S1: Missed the chair, fell down er...
Group B S1: Hurt yourself, stand up, walk and wash hands.
T: Good job!
T: Find out the verbs of how to celebrate Kangkang’s birthday in turns, all together,one minute.（設(shè)置板書。）
was...bought...sent...gave...made...liked...sang...danced...
played...was...were...sat...made...blew...had
2.（由上面板書過渡到動(dòng)詞過去式的規(guī)則變化和不規(guī)則變化。）
T: Now distingwish which are regular,which are irregular.Who would like to answer the questions?
SA: Liked, danced, played are regular.
Was, were, sent, bought, gave, made, sang, sat, blew, had are irregular.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（看Section D的1并聽錄音,跟讀。）
T: What else are regular? Think it over.
S1: Missed.
S2: Performed,I don’t know the others.
T: OK. Now let’s look at Page 75,1. Listen and follow.
S3: Oh, so many.
T: Let’s listen to the tape and follow.
2.（引導(dǎo)學(xué)生總結(jié)動(dòng)詞+ed的讀音規(guī)則。）
T: Look at the words, please find out the rules of pronunciation.
S1: 輕輔音結(jié)尾+ed讀成／t／。
S2: 元音和濁輔音結(jié)尾+ed讀成／d／。
S3: 以t或d結(jié)尾+ed讀成／id／。
T: Great!We can say “輕／t／濁／d／,t、d讀／id／”。
3.（獨(dú)立做3聽力部分。）
T: Listen to the tape and fill in the blanks with the information you hear.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（老師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生用過去時(shí)表述昨天做了什么事,鞏固動(dòng)詞過去式,可以是1部分的,也可是擴(kuò)展的動(dòng)詞。）
T: Use you own words to express one thing that you did yesterday.
（分四人小組進(jìn)行,然后每組找學(xué)生出一個(gè)學(xué)生代表對(duì)全班進(jìn)行匯報(bào),時(shí)間為兩分鐘。）
Group A: S1: I read the book.
She played the guitar.
Li Ping played the piano.
Xiaoxiao watched TV.
Group B: S1: ...
...
...
2. T: OK. Now write down one thing that you didn’t do last week.
（分四人小組,然后找出一組的另外一人匯報(bào),給兩分鐘時(shí)間。）
T: Time is up.
Group A: S2: I didn’t listen to music.
She didn’t play football.
Li Ping didn’t draw pictures.
Wang Yi didn’t watch TV.
Group B: S2: Xiao Hua didn’t play video games.
Lingling didn’t go to a movie.
Ivan didn’t tell a lie.
I didn’t listen to the tape.
Group C: S2: ...
...
...
T: Wonderful! Each group does well. Whose speaking is the best?whose handwriting is the best?
（學(xué)生評(píng)出最佳演講者,書法最佳以及在合作學(xué)習(xí)中表現(xiàn)最好的小組。）
S1: I think our group is the best.
S2: I think Ivan’s speaking is the best.
S3: I think Group C’s handwriting is the best.
S4: ...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（兩人一組做對(duì)話,練習(xí)疑問句,轉(zhuǎn)化成自己的語言。）
T: Work in pairs, make a conversation like this:
SA: Did you play the guitar?
SB: Yes, I did.
SA: Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
SB: No, I didn’t.
T: Practice for two minutes... stop here! You two!
S1: Did you play video games?
S2: No, I didn’t.
S1: Did you watch TV?
S2: Yes, I did.
（兩者角色相互轉(zhuǎn)換,對(duì)調(diào)練習(xí)。）
…
2.（接龍游戲,全班同學(xué)圍成一個(gè)圓形,練習(xí)過去時(shí)的特殊疑問句。）
T: Let’s play a game, begin like this:
S1: I played football yesterday. What did you do?
S2: I watched TV. What did you do?
S3: I listened to the tape. What did you do?
...
T: You are wonderful!
3.（讓學(xué)生通過觀察,每個(gè)小組所寫的肯否形式,以及通過對(duì)話和游戲所感受的疑問句及答語,歸納總結(jié)出一般過去時(shí)的用法。）
（設(shè)置板書,根據(jù)提示總結(jié),用紅筆突出重點(diǎn)部分。）
T: Let’s sum up the simple past. Giving an example is OK.
S: Volunteers?
肯/ 否 問 答
I played the guitar.I didn’t play the guitar. Did you play the guitar?
Yes, I did.
No, I didn’t. What did you do?
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合實(shí)踐活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 15分鐘）
1.（根據(jù)第四步的2的活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)一個(gè)調(diào)查表,做報(bào)告。）
watched TV played football played basketball sang a song read the books
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
T: Make a survey of the whole class, then do a report, begin as the following:
In our class, fifteen students watched TV...
2.（根據(jù)復(fù)習(xí)的內(nèi)容,讓學(xué)生完成2,使學(xué)生了解寫信的格式。）
T: Suppose you are Kangkang. Please write a letter back to your friend Lulu.
230 Xisi Lane
Xisi Street
Beijing 100090
May 19th
Dear Lulu,
How are you?
Thank you for your birthday card. We had a wonderful party in my home yesterday...
Best wishes,
Kangkang
3.（舉行班級(jí)生日晚會(huì),讓學(xué)生根據(jù)班級(jí)舉行的生日晚會(huì)實(shí)況寫一篇短文,不少于60詞。包括when, where, who, what, how這幾個(gè)方面。）
T: Let’s have a birthday party. After that,please write a passage about the class birthday party.Your writing should include who, what, when, where, how.
一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：
1、學(xué)習(xí)be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句、特殊疑問句及其答語。
2、學(xué)習(xí)句型：What’s your name?和Where is/are sb .from?（特殊疑問句）
二、教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：
短語：1.Excuse me 請(qǐng)?jiān)?BR> 2.be from 來自
3.my name 我的名字
三、教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：
1、一般疑問句：Are you from…?
2、特殊疑問句：What’s your name?/ Where is/are sb .from?
四、自主學(xué)習(xí)（一）：
1、閱讀對(duì)話并且翻譯；
五、新課導(dǎo)入:
1、閱讀9-10頁單詞表：excuse me what your name please where from Canade America Japan England they who Cuba he she ；
2、對(duì)話題2對(duì)話進(jìn)行詞句翻譯；
3、回顧上一節(jié)課內(nèi)容，be動(dòng)詞：is am are
六、自主學(xué)習(xí)（二）：
1、找出be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句；
七、講授新課：
1、找出be動(dòng)詞的一般疑問句；Are you from Canada?
(be動(dòng)詞提前，句末加問號(hào)；be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面的主語變化而變化.肯定回答：Yes.I am/she is /he is they are.否定回答：No.I’m not/she isn’t/they aren’t)
1、找出特殊疑問句：What’s your name?/Where are you from?
(以What/ Where+be動(dòng)詞+sb 開頭的疑問句，be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面主語的變化而變化.)
2、找出be...from短語：表示某人來自某地（be動(dòng)詞跟隨前面主語的變化而變化.）
八、板書設(shè)計(jì)：
一般疑問句：be+主語…
回答：Yes.主語+be/No.主語+not
F:Are you from Canada?
Yes.I am/No.I am not.
特殊疑問句：Where+be+主語+from
F:Where is she from?
What+be+主語
F:What’s your name?
短語：be…from：表示某人來自某地
九、課堂小結(jié)：
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇2】
Topic 2
Section A
教學(xué)目標(biāo)：1.談?wù)搶W(xué)校建筑。2.談?wù)撆d趣喜好。3.學(xué)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。
重點(diǎn): 1，2a and 3 難點(diǎn)：現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)與一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的區(qū)別
教具 錄音機(jī)
課時(shí)建議：1～2
教學(xué)過程：
第一步：復(fù)習(xí)
1.師生問答，復(fù)習(xí)第一個(gè)話題中的重點(diǎn)句子。
T: How do you usually go to school？
S: I usually go to school on foot.
T: How does your father often go to work?
S: He often goes to work by car.
T: How often do you go to the library?
S: Three times a week.
2.找?guī)讉€(gè)同學(xué)在班上作關(guān)于自己爸爸或媽媽一天情況的報(bào)道。
第二步：呈現(xiàn)
1.把1的圖畫展示給大家，學(xué)習(xí)表示學(xué)校建筑的名詞:library， playground， lab， computer room， canteen， gym， classroom building， swimming pool， dormitory...
2.請(qǐng)A同學(xué)到前面去跳舞，在這個(gè)同學(xué)跳舞的同時(shí)，老師問：
What is she doing?（幫助學(xué)生回答）She is dancing.
（然后再問）Is she dancing?（幫助學(xué)生回答）Yes， she is.
Is she singing? No，she isn’t.
3.請(qǐng)三名同學(xué)輕輕地唱The More We Get Together。
（老師邊問邊回答）What are they doing?
They are singing.
Are they singing? Yes， they are.
Are they dancing? No， they aren’t.
4.聽2a回答問題。
Which place does Kangkang like best? / What is he doing?
Which place does Wang Wei like best? / What is he doing？
第三步：鞏固
1.聽1，把圖畫與單詞搭配起來。
2.再次播放2a，根據(jù)課文內(nèi)容完成2b。
第四步：練習(xí)
1.兩人一組讀2a，一個(gè)是Jane，另一位是Michael。
2.參看3里的圖畫回答下列問題，然后聽錄音核對(duì)答案。
What is Jane doing? / What is Michael doing?
3.聽3，兩個(gè)一組問和答。
4.看4的圖畫，兩人一組問和答。以圖畫①為例。
A: Where is she?B: She is in the gym.
A: Is she in the computer room?B: No， she isn’t.
A: What is she doing? B: She is dancing.
第五步：綜合探究活動(dòng)
用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)描述在操場(chǎng)上有許多人正在進(jìn)行各種活動(dòng)的場(chǎng)景。例如：
On the playground， Mr. Li and Mr. Wang are playing table tennis now. Liu Jun and his good friends are playing basketball. Look there! Some girls are playing the guitar..
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇3】
秋初三年英語公開課教案
課題《Review Unit One Topic 2》
教學(xué)重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)：
1. 本單元重要的語言點(diǎn)
2. 現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)
教學(xué)過程:
1. Read the words
2. Listen to the tape
3. The important language points :
(1) Call sb call sb up give sb a ring telephone sb
(2) Be in / be at home
(3) Not … any more / not … any longer / no longer
(4) Because / because of
(5) Get lost / be lost
(6) Fin d / look for
(7) Each other / one another
(8) Hate doing / hate to do
(9) On the phone / radio
(10) Do some shopping / washing / cleaning
(11) What’s the population of China ? It’s 1.3 billion
Have a population of + 數(shù)字 large / small
(12) Increase by 增長(zhǎng)了 increase to 增加到
(13) Developed / developing countries
(14) So it is .
(15) Carry out . the one – child policy
(16) More than / over
(17) Half of …..的一半
分?jǐn)?shù)表達(dá): one fifth two fifths a quarter a half
(18) Because / because of / thanks to
(19) Find jobs / get jobs
(20) Satisfy sb / be satisfied with
(21) So far 迄今為止
(22) Take measures to do sth
(23) Work well in doing 做某事取得成效
(24) Have fun doing sth
(25) Such as +并列名詞 for example / instance , +從句
4. 現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)：(二)
(1)和for , since 引導(dǎo)的短語、從句連用
(2)和already / yet / never / ever / just / before / so far
5.Homework :
Exercise :
完成下列句子：
1. Could you tell me some ____________(有趣的) places around here ?
2. The population in developing ___________(國(guó)家)is growing faster .
3. China has already _____________(執(zhí)行)the one – child policy .
4. ___________(多虧于) the policy , China is developing quickly .
5. Have you found him _________(已經(jīng))？
6. I have __________(never /ever )been there before . I want to go there again .
7. I _______________(have lived / lived) since I was three .
8. China has the ____________(larger / largest ) population in the world .
9. We still have a long way __________(to go / going )
10. Natural _____________(environments / environment) are becoming worse and worse .
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇4】
Unit 5 第5單元
Topic 1How do you usually come to school? 話題1你通常怎樣去上學(xué)？ gaten．大門
the same to對(duì)……也一樣 by prep．乘（車等）；靠近，在……旁；在……時(shí)間；不遲于；被；用；由
subway(underground)n．地下鐵道；地鐵交通 always adv．總是，一直；永遠(yuǎn) come on快點(diǎn)兒；加油；來吧 on foot走路，步行 go to school去上學(xué) planen．飛機(jī)
trainn．火車；v． 培訓(xùn)，訓(xùn)練 ship n．船，輪船 boatn．小船，小舟 Ms． n．女士（用在婚姻狀況不明的女子姓氏或姓名前）grandmothern．奶奶；外婆 groupn．組，群
weekdayn．平日（星期一至星期五的任何一天）early adj．早的；adv．早地 bird n．鳥
catchv．捉?。唤幼?；趕上；染上（疾?。﹚orm n．軟體蟲，蠕蟲（尤指蚯蚓）sometimesadv．有時(shí)
seldomadv．很少；不常 walkv． & n．步行；散步 neveradv．決不，從來沒有 ridev．騎（自行車、馬等）；乘車；n．乘車旅行 parkn．公園；v．停放（汽車）homeworkn．家庭作業(yè)
do(one’s)homework做家庭作業(yè)
watchv．觀看；注視；當(dāng)心，注意；n．手表，表 TV=television n． 電視；電視機(jī) watch TV看電視 interviewern．采訪者 America n．美國(guó)
lifen．生活；生命；人生
Americanadj．美國(guó)的；美國(guó)人的；n．美國(guó) or conj．或者，還是；否則
fewadj．很少的，不多的；pron．不多，少數(shù) have lunch 吃午飯
at school在學(xué)校；在上課 dayn．
（一）天，（一）日；白天
restn．休息；剩余的部分，其余的人（物）；v．休息，歇息
have a rest休息 play v．打（球）；玩；游戲；播放；n．玩耍；戲劇 basketballn．籃球
soccer(football BrE)n．足球（運(yùn)動(dòng)）swim v．& n．游；游泳 go swimming去游泳 and so on……等等 balln．球；舞會(huì)
gamen．比賽；運(yùn)動(dòng)；游戲
moreadv．更；另外；adj．另外的；較多的（much或many的比較級(jí)）
talkn．講話，交談；n．談話，演講 listen v．聽，仔細(xì)聽 listen to聽……
musicn．音樂；樂曲
libraryn．圖書館，圖書室
mustv．必須，應(yīng)當(dāng)；必定是；n．必須做（或看、買等）的事
firstadv．& adj．第一；首次；最初；num．第一 readv．讀；朗讀
onceadv．一次；從前，一度；cortj．一旦 weekn．星期，周 twiceadv．兩次；兩倍 everyadj．每一，每個(gè)的 beginv．開始；著手 have classes上課
whilen．一會(huì)兒，一段時(shí)間；conj． ……（然）而；雖然；在……的時(shí)候；和……同時(shí) bedn．床 go to bed睡覺 Unit 5 第5單元
Topic 2 He is runnig on the playground.話題2他在操場(chǎng)上跑步。makev．制造，做；使得 cardn．卡片；名片；紙牌 boring adj．乏味的，無聊的 soonadv．很快，馬上，不久 runv．跑，奔跑
playgroundn．操場(chǎng)，運(yùn)動(dòng)場(chǎng) dancev．& n．跳舞
gymgymnasium n．體育館，健身房；體操 dormitoryn．學(xué)生宿舍（縮寫式dorm）sleep v．睡覺；睡；n．睡覺
cleanv．弄干凈，擦干凈；adj．清潔的，干凈的lab laboratory；n．實(shí)驗(yàn)室
computern．計(jì)算機(jī)；電腦
roomn．室，房間；空間；地方
halln．大廳，會(huì)堂，禮堂；過道
dining hall 餐廳；食堂
classroomn．教室
buildingn．大樓；建筑物；房屋
swimmingn．游泳，游泳運(yùn)動(dòng)
pooln．水池，水塘
borrowv．（向別人）借用；借
coursen．過程；經(jīng)過；課程
of course當(dāng)然
useV．使用，利用，應(yīng)用；n．用，使用，得到利用 better adv．更好地；更；adj． 較好的；更好的（good和well的比較級(jí)）
look for 尋找
shelf（pl．shelves）n．架子；擱板；擱層；礁；陸架 keepv．保存；保持；繼續(xù)不斷
return v．歸還；回，歸
on time準(zhǔn)時(shí)，按時(shí)
pleasuren．高興，愉快
postn．郵件；郵政，郵寄；v．投寄，郵寄 bye-byeinterj．再見
purse n．錢包
money n．錢；貨幣
elseadv．別的，其他的picturen．照片；圖片；畫片
putv．放，擺
put on穿，戴上；上演
aroundadv．在周圍；在附近；大約；prep．在……周圍
show sb．a(chǎn)round領(lǐng)某人參觀
sit（過去式sat）v．坐
writev．寫，書寫；寫作，著述
at the back of在……的后面
drawv．繪畫；繪制；拉，拖
becauseconj．因?yàn)?BR> Japaneseadj．日本的；日本人的；日語的；n．日本人；日語
wonderfuladj．了不起的；美妙的alsoadv．也，而且，此外
Unit 5
第5單元
Topic 3My school life is very interesting.話題3我的學(xué)校生活非常有趣。
today
adv．在今天，在今日；n．今天 Wednesdayn．星期三 Mondayn．星期一 physicsn．物理（學(xué)）Tuesdayn．星期二 geographyn．地理（學(xué)）Thursdayn．星期四 P．E．（physical education的縮寫）n．體育 Fridayn．星期五 artn．美術(shù)，藝術(shù)；技藝 mathn．（美口語）數(shù)學(xué) sciencen．科學(xué)，自然科學(xué) historyn．歷史；歷史的 meetingn．會(huì)；集會(huì)；會(huì)見；匯合點(diǎn) activityn．活動(dòng) lessonn．課，功課；教訓(xùn) learnn．學(xué)，學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)會(huì) easyadj．容易的，不費(fèi)力的 interestingadj．有趣的 difficultadj．難的，艱難的；不易相處的 whichpron．那（哪）一個(gè)；那（哪）些 subjectn．學(xué)科；主語；主體；主題；題目 bestadv．& adj．最好地（的）（good和well的最高級(jí)）storyn．故事，小說 friendlyadj．友好的 otheradj．別的，另外的；pron．別人，別的東西 news n．新聞，消息 attention n．注意，關(guān)心 betweenprep．在（兩者）之間；在……中間 stamp n．郵票 worldn．世界 Saturdayn．星期六 from..．to...從……到…… nightn．夜，夜間 placen．地點(diǎn)，地方 programn．節(jié)目；項(xiàng)目 Februaryn．(Feb．)二月 newspapern．報(bào)紙 hardadj．努力的，辛苦的；困難的，艱難的；硬的；adv．努力地；使勁；猛烈地 wishn．愿望，祝愿；v．希望，想要，祝愿 Unit6 第六單元 Topic 1 Is there a computer in your study? 你的書房里有電腦嗎？ gardenn.花園，果園，菜園
bedroomn．臥室，寢室
secondnum．第二； adj．第二的;n.秒
floor n．(樓房的)層；地面，地板
next to 在……近旁；緊鄰
upstairsadv．到樓上，在樓上
bathroomn．浴室，盥洗室
front n．前面；前部；前線;aaj．前面的；前部的 in front of在……前面
housen．房子，住宅
grandfathern.爺爺；外公
behindprep．(表示位置)在……后面;adv．在后面；向后
doorn．門
talk about 談?wù)?，議論
nearprep．在……附近，靠近； aaj．近的 lampn．燈，油燈；光源
clockn．鐘
under prep．& adv．在……下面；向……下面 table n．桌子；表格
key n．鑰匙；答案；鍵；關(guān)鍵
awayadv．離開，遠(yuǎn)離
put away將……收起；把……放回原處
thingn．東西，物；(p1．)物品，用品；事情 dadn．(口語)爸爸，爹爹
windownn．窗戶；計(jì)算機(jī)的窗口
modeln．模型；范例；模范
rivern．河；江；水道
centern．中心，中央
in the center of在……中心
yardn．院子；場(chǎng)地；碼
beautifuladj．美的，美麗的，美觀的flowern．花
largeadj．大的，巨大的leftn．左，左邊； adv．向左； adj．左邊的 peoplen．人；人們
mirrorn．鏡子
drawer n．抽屜
chairn．椅子
keyboardn．鍵盤
pencil-box n．鉛筆盒
Unit 6
第六單元
Topic2 What kind of home do you live in?
話題2 你住在什么樣的房子里？)
country n．農(nóng)村，鄉(xiāng)下;國(guó)家 month n．月，月份 Mrsn．夫人，太太(稱呼已婚婦女)furnituren．(總稱)家具 quietadj．安靜的；寂靜的 per prep．每，每一 neighbor n．鄰居，鄰人 storen．商店；大百貨公司 bankn．銀行；(河、海、湖等的)岸，堤 streetn．街，街道 cornern．(街道)拐角；角；角落 museumn．博物館，博物院 supermarketn．超級(jí)市場(chǎng)，超市 stationn．車站，站，所 mailv．(美)郵寄;n．郵政；郵遞 restaurantn．飯館，飯店 hearv．聽見；聽說，得知 pianon．鋼琴 loudadj．大聲的 reallyadv．真正地；到底；確實(shí) endn．末尾，終點(diǎn)，結(jié)束；v．結(jié)束，終止 at the end of… 在……的結(jié)尾／末端 road n．路，道路 communityn．社區(qū)；社會(huì) child(pl.children)n．兒童，小孩 a lot of(=lots of)許多，大量 closeadj．近，靠近；親密的；adv．近，靠近；v．關(guān)，關(guān)閉 faradj．遠(yuǎn)的；adv．遠(yuǎn)地 far from遠(yuǎn)離 servicen.服務(wù) arean．地區(qū)；范圍；面積 stopn.(停車)站，停；v．停止；阻止 fann.風(fēng)扇；(電影、運(yùn)動(dòng)等的)迷；熱心的愛好者(支持者)linen.電話線路；線，線路；行，排 badadj．壞的，不好的 someonepron.某一個(gè)人 checkv．檢查；核對(duì)；批改；n．檢查；批改 movev．搬家；移動(dòng)，搬動(dòng) countrysiden．鄉(xiāng)下，農(nóng)村 cityn．市，城市，都市 trafficn．交通；來往車輛 costn．費(fèi)用；花費(fèi)；價(jià)錢；v．值(多少錢)；花費(fèi) missv．思念；未見到；未聽到；錯(cuò)過 fresh adj．新鮮的townn．城鎮(zhèn)，城
Unit 6
第六單元
Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office?
去郵局的路怎么走
bridgen.橋
alongprep.沿著，順著； adv.向前；和……一起；一同
turn v.轉(zhuǎn)彎；轉(zhuǎn)變；旋轉(zhuǎn)，翻轉(zhuǎn)； n.轉(zhuǎn)彎；輪流；(輪流的)順序
crossingn.十字路口，人行橫道
across prep.橫過，穿過
meter n.米，公尺
untilconj.&prep.直到……為止
kilometer n.千米(公里)
shouldv.aux.會(huì)，應(yīng)該(shall的過去式)
changev.更換；變化，改變； n.零錢；找頭 public adj.公共的，公眾的； n.公眾
lightn.燈；燈光；光，光亮； adj.明亮的；淺色的；輕的； v.點(diǎn)(火)，點(diǎn)燃
dangern.危險(xiǎn)
safeadj.安全的hurt adj.(身體上)受傷的； v.受傷；傷害；使疼痛；感到疼痛
losev.丟失，失去
accidentn.事故，意外的事
rulen.規(guī)則，規(guī)定； v.統(tǒng)治；支配
sign n.符號(hào)，標(biāo)記；指示牌
beforeconj.在……之前； prep.在……以前；在……前面； adv.以前
crossv.穿過；越過； n.十字形的東西
third num.第三
last adv.最后地；最近剛過去； n.最后； adj.最近剛過去的；最后的； v.持續(xù)
carefuladj.小心的，仔細(xì)的，謹(jǐn)慎的skateboardn.滑板
ticketn.罰款單；票；券
speedv.(使)加速； n.速度
fastadv.快地，迅速地； adj.快的，迅速的whenconj.當(dāng)……的時(shí)候； adv.什么時(shí)候，何時(shí) lateadj.晚的，遲的； adv.晚地，遲地
downprep沿著，沿……而下； adv.向下
Review of Units 5-6
復(fù)習(xí)5到6單元
hilln．小山；丘陵；土堆；斜坡
certainlyadv．當(dāng)然，是的；一定；無疑
Unit 7第七單元 Topic 1 When is your birthday? 你的生日是什么時(shí)候？ sport n．體育運(yùn)動(dòng)，鍛煉 wasv．(am，is的過去式)是 born adj．出生 June n．(Jun．)六月 March n．(Mar．)三月 April n．(Apr．)四月 Mayn．五月 July n．(Jul．)七月 August n．(Aug．)八月 September n．(Sept．)九月 October n．(Oct．)十月 November n．(Nov．)十一月 December n．(Dec．)十二月 January n．(Jan．)一月 were v．(are的過去式)是 aloneadj．單獨(dú)的，孤獨(dú)的 thousandnum．千 birthdayn．生日 daten．日期；約會(huì) planv．計(jì)劃，打算； n．計(jì)劃，打算；平面圖 celebrate v．慶祝 partyn．聚會(huì)，宴會(huì)；黨派 fourthnum．第四 fifthnum．第五 sixthnum．第六 seventhnum．第七 eighthnum．第八 ninthnum．第九 tenthnum．第十 eleventhnum．第十一 twelfthnum．第十二 thirteenthnum．第十三 twentiethnum．第二十 presentn．禮物，贈(zèng)品 shapen．形狀，外形； v．使成型；制造；塑造just now剛才 centimetern．(cm)厘米 footballn．(美式)橄欖球；(英式)足球 specialadj．特別的，專門的candlen．蠟燭
surprisen．驚奇，詫異； v．使驚奇，使詫異 do some cleaning打掃衛(wèi)生
Unit 7
第七單元
Topic 2 Can you dance or draw?
你會(huì)跳舞或畫畫嗎？
discon．迪斯科(一種舞曲)
performv.表演；履行；行動(dòng)
balletn.芭蕾舞
have a good time玩得高興，過得愉快
parrotn．鸚鵡
smartadj．聰明的，靈巧的；(人、服裝等)時(shí)髦的，帥的countv．?dāng)?shù)，點(diǎn)數(shù)
erinterj．哦，嗯
climbv．爬，攀登
pign．豬
ping-pongn．乒乓球(運(yùn)動(dòng))
be good at擅長(zhǎng)于
Londonn．倫敦
agen．年齡；時(shí)代
at the age of在……歲時(shí)
anythingpron．任何事(物)；無論何事(物)wordn．單詞，詞；話
mean v．意思是，意指
Unit 7
第七單元
Topic 3 We had a wonderful party.我們度過了一個(gè)精彩的聚會(huì)。
recitev．朗讀；背誦
poem n．詩
magicadj．有魔力的enjoyv．喜歡；欣賞；享受……的樂趣
himselfpron他自己
yesterdayadv．&n．昨天
fall(過去式fell)v．倒；落(下)，降落；
autumnn．秋季
washv．&n．洗(滌)，沖洗
happenv．(偶然)發(fā)生
standv．站，立；起立；坐落；經(jīng)受；持久 liev．說謊；躺；平放；位于； n．謊言
videon．錄像，視頻
everyonepron．每人，人人
truthn．真相，事實(shí)；真理；實(shí)際情況
tell a lie撒謊
angryadj．憤怒的，生氣的 eachpron．&adj．每人，每個(gè)，每件 silentadj．無聲的；安靜的；沉默的 blow(過去式blew)v．吹；刮風(fēng)；吹氣； n．猛擊；打擊；吹 blow out 被(風(fēng)等)吹滅；熄滅 breathn．氣息；呼吸 sunnyadj．晴朗的，陽光充足的 deliciousadj．美味的，可口的 musicaladj．音樂的，配樂的 funnyadj．有趣的，滑稽可笑的 Unit 8 第8單元 Topic 1 What's the weather like in Spring? 春季的天氣怎么樣？ weathern．天氣 springn．春天，春季；泉，泉水 warmadj．暖和的，溫暖的；熱情的 seasonn．季，季節(jié) summern．夏天，夏季 hotadj．熱的；辣的 wintern．冬天，冬季 coldadj．冷的，寒的； n．寒冷；感冒，傷風(fēng) rainv．下雨； n．雨，雨水 snowv．下雪； n．雪 groundn．地面 rainyadj．下雨的，多雨的 cloudyadj．多云的，陰天的 snowyadj．下雪的，多(積)雪的；雪(白)的 windyadj．有風(fēng)的，多風(fēng)的 foggyadj．多霧的 brightadj．明亮的；聰明的 temperaturen．溫度 lowadj．&adv．低；矮 hometown n．家鄉(xiāng) ifconj．如果，假使；是否，是不是 trip n．旅行，旅程 wear(過去式wore)v．穿，戴 holidayn．假日，假期 travelv．&n．旅行 had better(do sth．)最好(做某事)find out查明，發(fā)現(xiàn)，了解 umbrellan．傘，雨傘 go out出去；熄滅 Australian．澳大利亞 remember v．記起，想起
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇5】
Unit1 Topic 2 Where are you from?
學(xué)習(xí)目標(biāo)：
1.學(xué)習(xí)數(shù)字0-10 及短語zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten ,telephone, number
What’s his telephone number?
His telephone number is (010)8267-6790.
3.了解單詞音節(jié)和重音。做到語音正確。
2. (朗讀句子，并標(biāo)出語調(diào),鞏固be from在不同人稱的應(yīng)用，復(fù)習(xí)國(guó)家名稱。) Step2 問題導(dǎo)學(xué) A.選擇最佳答案
( )1 —Are they from Canada? —No, they ____.
( )2. —What’s ____ telephone number?
—It’s 8265-3412.
( )3. —____ are they? —They are XiaoLi and Jane.
( )4.. Mary ____ from Cuba.
( )5. “One one zero” 表示 ____。
( )6.. —Is he Li Ping? —Yes, ____.
1. —W____ are you from? 2. —What’s y____ name? —I’m from Shanghai. —My name is David.
3. —Are you f____ Zhengzhou? —No, we aren’t.
4. —What’s your telephone n ?—It’s (010)8659-7981.
5. —E me, are you Frank? —Yes, I am.
2. (師連續(xù)讀出這11個(gè)數(shù)字，強(qiáng)調(diào)前10個(gè)數(shù)字用升調(diào)，最后一個(gè)用降調(diào)，并要求學(xué)生跟讀，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生語感。)
3.(做出打電話的動(dòng)作，理解telephone number的意思。)
T:What’s your telephone number?
1— W____ is he? —He i____ Xiao Ming.
2. —Is she ____ Japan? —No, she ____.
3. —W ____ are they from? —They are from C____.
4. —What’s y____ QQ number?
—____ QQ number is 158141028.
5. —____ she Jane? —____, she is.
What’s your telephone number? My telephone number is
What’s his telephone number?His telephone number is
( ) 6. How old are you?
( ) 7. Where are you from?
( ) 8. What’s your telephone number?
( ) 9. Is Miss Yang your English teacher?
( ) 10. Glad to meet you.
B.用適當(dāng)?shù)脑~填空。 Hello! My 1 is Kangkang. 2 am from China. This 3 my friend. 4 is his name? His name is Mike. 5 is from the U.S.A. His phone 6 is (010)6534-8719. Miss Zhao 7 my teacher. 8 is she from? She is from China, 9 . She is fine. 10 telephone number is (010)6534-8897.
1. ___________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. ___________
5. ___________ 6. ___________ 7. ___________
9. ___________ 10. ___________ 8. ___________
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇6】
一、概述
本課是義務(wù)教育課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)實(shí)驗(yàn)教科書北京仁愛八年級(jí)上冊(cè)Unit 2, Topic 2, Section A內(nèi)容，所需課時(shí)為一課時(shí)；新單詞有cause,health,tonight,sleepy,medicine,fingernail,meal,without,主要句型有Is……good or bad for your health? Doing …… is good/bad ……. 本課主要聯(lián)系學(xué)生日常生活，以上一話題所學(xué)的表生病就醫(yī)、描述身體不適以及表建議的一些句型等為基礎(chǔ)，通過discussion,listening,making dialogues,picture talking等多種活動(dòng)使學(xué)生復(fù)習(xí)舊知，聯(lián)系新知，延伸話題內(nèi)容，能使用兩兩對(duì)話完成一個(gè)較簡(jiǎn)單的話題，提高學(xué)生的語言交際能力，并有利于學(xué)生養(yǎng)成健康的生活習(xí)慣。
二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)分析
從知識(shí)與技能、過程與方法、情感態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀三個(gè)維度對(duì)該課題預(yù)計(jì)達(dá)到的教學(xué)目標(biāo)作出一個(gè)整體描述。
1. 知識(shí)與技能
（1）認(rèn)讀七個(gè)新單詞和兩個(gè)新句型，做到發(fā)音準(zhǔn)確、清晰；
（2）熟練運(yùn)用新句型與同桌進(jìn)行相互問答；
（3）能夠借助key points進(jìn)行看圖問答或綜合說話；
2．過程與方法
（1）能夠通過師生說、兩兩說和自主聽讀體驗(yàn)交際式英語教學(xué)的一般過程，掌握英語說、聽的基本方法；
（2）能夠通過兩兩說和綜合說體驗(yàn)合作學(xué)習(xí)的過程和方法；
（3）能夠仔細(xì)傾聽老師和同學(xué)的發(fā)言，有語言表達(dá)和與同學(xué)交流的愿望。
3．情感態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀
（1）激發(fā)和保持學(xué)生英語學(xué)習(xí)的動(dòng)機(jī)，實(shí)現(xiàn)“趣能”兩得；
（2）在學(xué)生兩兩交流和小組合作交流中，培養(yǎng)孩子合作意識(shí)和合作精神，能夠相互配合完成一段通順流暢的說話訓(xùn)練
（3）通過本課的學(xué)習(xí)，有利于樹立科學(xué)的健康觀，養(yǎng)成健康的生活方式。
三、學(xué)習(xí)者特征分析
1. 學(xué)生是漳浦第三中學(xué)八年級(jí)的學(xué)生
2. 學(xué)生在上一個(gè)話題中已經(jīng)掌握表述身體的種種不適、“生病”與“看病”的基本句型。
3. 學(xué)生已經(jīng)學(xué)會(huì)使用should/shouldn’t/had better/had better not 表達(dá)建議和勸告的句型。
4. 八年級(jí)的學(xué)生比較活潑、樂于發(fā)言，寬松、活潑的課堂氣氛有利于展開小組討論、情景對(duì)話等。
5. 學(xué)生整體水平較低，詞匯量較差，要設(shè)計(jì)易于學(xué)生開口的情景，預(yù)測(cè)學(xué)生可能使用的單詞、短語并呈現(xiàn)出來以供參考。以師生、學(xué)生兩兩對(duì)話示范以帶動(dòng)“說”的氛圍、激發(fā)學(xué)生的表達(dá)欲望。
四、教學(xué)策略選擇與設(shè)計(jì)
本課旨在讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)表述身體不適、生病的原因以及形成健康生活的觀念。
小組討論策略：通過討論，辨別何謂健康的生活方式、衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣，熟悉相關(guān)的詞匯，為下一步聽、說奠定基礎(chǔ)；
師生示范策略：讓學(xué)生明白對(duì)話的內(nèi)容和形式，激發(fā)學(xué)生的表現(xiàn)、表演欲望；
歌曲激趣策略：通過學(xué)生的chant、sing a song，有利于形成寬松活潑的課堂氛圍，同時(shí)借助chant和歌曲來培養(yǎng)學(xué)生良好的個(gè)人衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣及健康生活觀念。
五、教學(xué)資源與工具設(shè)計(jì)
1．本課教材；
2．拓展資源：教師教學(xué)用書八年級(jí)上冊(cè)
3．教學(xué)環(huán)境：多媒體、VCD、幻燈片、Flash動(dòng)畫、錄音機(jī)。
六、教學(xué)過程
Step1：Warm up
1. Greetings（師生問候）；
2．Sing a song（多媒體播放Chant課件，讓學(xué)生聽、說、做、演進(jìn)行律動(dòng)，活躍氣氛，營(yíng)造一個(gè)良好的學(xué)習(xí)英語的氛圍）Wash your hands, have a bath. Open the window, take a fresh breath …….
3. Leading-in : (T) In our daily life, there are some good living habits and bad living habits. Good living habits can make a man healthy, wealthy and wise.
Now let’s look at 3a and discuss whether it’s good or not . After discussion,
make dialogues after the example using the sentence pattern “ Is doing …… good or bad for your health?” Do 3a.
例如： A: Is going to bed early good or bad for our health?
B: It’s good..
Going to bed early is good for your health..
( 注意選擇疑問句回答時(shí)不能用Yes或 No，而要作出具體回答。朗讀時(shí)or前用升調(diào)，or 后面用降調(diào)，句末用問號(hào)。強(qiáng)調(diào)動(dòng)詞或動(dòng)詞短語不能做主語，但可以在動(dòng)詞后面加上ing變成動(dòng)名詞或動(dòng)名詞短語，其作主語時(shí)，謂語動(dòng)詞用單數(shù)。)
*請(qǐng)學(xué)生例舉生活中還有哪些是好的或不好的個(gè)人衛(wèi)生習(xí)慣。
4. 語法歸納：選擇疑問句句型
【句型一】一般疑問句 + 一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象 + or + 另一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象？
Are you from America or Australia? 你是來自美國(guó)還是澳大利亞？
Will you give us a talk, or Jim? 是你給我們做演講，還是吉姆？
句型二】特殊疑問句 + 一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象 + or + 另一個(gè)供選擇的對(duì)象？
Which do you prefer, tea or milk? 你喜歡喝茶還是喝牛奶？
Who teaches you English, Miss Li or Miss Wang? 誰教你們英語，是李老師還是王老師？
5. 根據(jù)圖片內(nèi)容兩兩對(duì)話。
Step 2 : Presentation
(1) 教師用多媒體播放1a圖片，請(qǐng)學(xué)生預(yù)測(cè)對(duì)話內(nèi)容：
T: What’s wrong with Kangkang?
Ss: He has a headache.
T: What caused it?
Ss: He stayed up late watching TV .
T: Is staying up late good or bad for his health?
Ss: It’s bad.
T: What should he do?
Ss: He should have a good rest.
(2) 播放1a錄音，讓學(xué)生跟讀并模仿語音語調(diào)。
（3）鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生練習(xí)并兩兩表演1a對(duì)話。掌握句型：
Is staying up late good or bad for his health?
Staying up late is bad for your health.
I must have a good rest tonight.
(4) 讓學(xué)生再讀1a，提供關(guān)鍵詞，以短文形式復(fù)述康康困倦的原因并給出建議。如：
Kangkang feels tired today, because he watched a soccer game on TV last night and went to bed very late. Staying up late is bad for his health. He should go to bed early and have a good rest.
Step3. Consolidation:
1.教師用多媒體呈現(xiàn)各種表情的圖片，提供關(guān)鍵詞，讓學(xué)生兩人一組練習(xí)1b，完成1b.
Ex. :
A: I feel sleepy because I went to bed very late last night..
B: Oh, staying up late is bad for your health. You should……
2. 聽2 錄音，完成2，核對(duì)答案。學(xué)習(xí)并掌握單詞medicine; 再聽錄音，復(fù)述Wang Junfeng應(yīng)該做什么。
Now listen to the tape and find out whether Wang Junfeng’s habits are good or not. Do listening exercise. Check what Wang Junfeng did and what he should do.
Step 4 : Practice
.1.- Do you go to school by bike or ____ ?
- I go to school ________ .
2. – Would you like apples or ________ ?
- I’d like _______ .
3.- Is Jim in the classroom or ___________________? (在操場(chǎng)）
.4. Who _____________________________ ?(誰今天早上沒來上學(xué)，湯姆還是吉姆？）
5. _____________________（打籃球）is a good sport.
6. Swimming in the river with no others ____ dangerous.
7. Eating too little or much _____________________. (對(duì)健康不好）
8. _________________________（吃一頓豐富的早餐）can keep you energetic all the morning.
9. ________________ (熬夜）makes him feel sleepy.
10. If you don’t feel well , __________________________________. (你最好去看醫(yī)生）
Step 5: Homework
以How to keep healthy? 為題目，聯(lián)系本課所學(xué)內(nèi)容，形成一篇80個(gè)字左右的小短文。
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇7】
課件介紹及使用說明
本課件是為仁愛英語七年級(jí)上學(xué)期Unit 4 Topic 1 What can I do for you? Section A編寫的教學(xué)課件。本單元內(nèi)容主要圍繞購物、打電話、表達(dá)時(shí)間以及談?wù)撟约合矚g的事物和動(dòng)物展開。本課要求學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)并掌握購物的基本用語，掌握1000以內(nèi)數(shù)字的讀寫方法，并能正確回應(yīng)別人的感謝。本課件緊扣教學(xué)目標(biāo)，直觀生動(dòng)，易于操作。
導(dǎo)入----①課堂活動(dòng)，齊唱3b歌曲，活躍課堂氣氛。
②聽課文3a語音部分。
③復(fù)習(xí)數(shù)字1-20。
（幻燈片2-5。注：幻燈片2, 點(diǎn)擊影片1播放3b歌曲；幻燈片3, 點(diǎn)擊錄音1播放3a語音部分。）
呈現(xiàn)----呈現(xiàn)人民幣圖片，學(xué)習(xí)數(shù)字21-999的讀法和寫法。
（幻燈片6-12）
鞏固----①聽2a 錄音，跟讀，完成表格，并記憶。
②聽2b錄音，完成連線。
③導(dǎo)入How much，學(xué)習(xí)價(jià)格詢問方式。
④導(dǎo)出1a中的重點(diǎn)句型進(jìn)行訓(xùn)練講解。
⑤觀看1a的動(dòng)畫，回答：How much is the coat?
（幻燈片13-18。注：幻燈片13，點(diǎn)擊錄音2播放2a錄音；幻燈片14，點(diǎn)擊錄音3播放2b錄音；幻燈片18，點(diǎn)擊影片2播放1a動(dòng)畫，在聽力練習(xí)中可以點(diǎn)擊動(dòng)畫中的title鍵消去字幕，增加難度。）
練習(xí)----①再聽一遍1a，完成1b。
②模仿1a內(nèi)容進(jìn)行快樂購物，并完成對(duì)話。
（幻燈片19-20。注：幻燈片19，點(diǎn)擊影片2播放1a動(dòng)畫，）
小結(jié)----①總結(jié)數(shù)字1-999的讀法和寫法。
②總結(jié)有用的表達(dá)方式。
（幻燈片21）
作業(yè)----①復(fù)習(xí)數(shù)字21-999的讀法和寫法。
②背誦1a。
③預(yù)習(xí)Section B。
（幻燈片22）
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇8】
前言
《教學(xué)案例設(shè)計(jì)》一書是在仔細(xì)研究《Project English》學(xué)生用書、教師用書、《英語課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》的基礎(chǔ)上編寫的。以學(xué)生，教師和教學(xué)的實(shí)際為出發(fā)點(diǎn)，解讀教學(xué)目標(biāo)，創(chuàng)設(shè)教學(xué)情境，提供教學(xué)素材，節(jié)省老師備課時(shí)間，易于操作。其活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)注重交際，符合學(xué)生認(rèn)知規(guī)律。案例的課堂資源豐富多彩，形式多樣，可以滿足不同地區(qū)的實(shí)際需要。
● 整體特色
本書嚴(yán)格按照《Project English》學(xué)生用書的流程編寫，一課一例。每節(jié)課設(shè)計(jì)為45分鐘，可根據(jù)實(shí)際適當(dāng)調(diào)整。我們以行之有效的五指教學(xué)方案為編寫模式。其中臺(tái)詞用英語；場(chǎng)景、活動(dòng)說明、補(bǔ)充材料、文化意識(shí)、注意事項(xiàng)等放在括號(hào)內(nèi)用漢語表達(dá)。五指教學(xué)方案分為五步，標(biāo)注時(shí)間建議。
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：-分鐘）
導(dǎo)入本課新詞句?？梢杂谜n本上的圖片、教具、chant、歌曲、游戲、直觀表演等復(fù)習(xí)導(dǎo)入本課新詞句，既活躍課堂氣氛，引起學(xué)生興趣，又體現(xiàn)建構(gòu)主義理論，學(xué)生的經(jīng)驗(yàn)是學(xué)習(xí)的重要基礎(chǔ)。激活學(xué)生先前的知識(shí)和經(jīng)驗(yàn)，為進(jìn)一步探究找好最近發(fā)展區(qū)打基礎(chǔ)，引出本課新詞句。
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn) （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
呈現(xiàn)對(duì)話或短文等本section重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)的情景。找出關(guān)鍵詞句，目標(biāo)語言，為交際積累材料。理順?biāo)悸?，為下一步在用中學(xué)打基礎(chǔ)。下面步驟中的交際不只是死記硬背，而是靈活運(yùn)用，在用中學(xué)。
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固 （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
語音、語調(diào)練習(xí)?？吹诙街姓页龅年P(guān)鍵詞，不看課本，模仿原文對(duì)話。所有學(xué)生分組互相檢查。
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：-分鐘）
呈現(xiàn)書上其他活動(dòng)，在不同情景中練習(xí)目標(biāo)語言，展開任務(wù)型活動(dòng)。在用中鞏固和學(xué)會(huì)使用目標(biāo)語言。
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng) （時(shí)間：-分鐘）
讓學(xué)生用本課所學(xué)詞句展開活動(dòng)，鍛煉學(xué)生語言綜合運(yùn)用能力和探究能力，體現(xiàn)學(xué)了就用的原則。有活動(dòng)產(chǎn)品。對(duì)學(xué)生提出的要求非常具體。
● 編寫特點(diǎn)
本書各單元列出了教學(xué)目標(biāo)。各案例以section為編寫單位。每個(gè)section包含如下內(nèi)容：
首先指出了各section的重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)，即本課呈現(xiàn)的重點(diǎn)內(nèi)容。然后是
一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：用英語分類呈現(xiàn)本section教學(xué)目標(biāo)。
二、教具：考慮不同地區(qū)實(shí)際情況，可以有多種選擇。
三、五指教學(xué)方案
另外， 我們?cè)诰帉懙倪^程中，為了操作方便，統(tǒng)一了格式，現(xiàn)說明如下：
S-Student,
Ss-Students
T -Teacher
S1-Student 1
S2-Student 2
最后，我們誠(chéng)摯地感謝長(zhǎng)期以來大力支持我們的廣大師生們。本書是設(shè)計(jì)者和撰稿人的精心奉獻(xiàn)，意在給您提供一份建議。希望能夠拋磚引玉，激發(fā)您的靈感。但是由于水平有限，加之時(shí)間倉促，疏漏與錯(cuò)誤也是在所難免的。我們期待著您的關(guān)心，也期待著您的批評(píng)和指正。
北京市仁愛教育研究所
Unit 5
教學(xué)目標(biāo)
語
言
知
識(shí) 類別 內(nèi) 容 課次 要求
語音 // // /t/ /d/ /ts/ /dz/ /tr/ /dr/ /l/ /m/ /n/ //
詞
匯 wake，early, first，day, term，must, still, by，on foot, the same to, usually, always，Ms., boat，ship，sea，train，by plane/air/airplane 1A 掌
握
weekday，around，bird，catch，walk，never，sometimes，ride，park, game, late, weekend 1B
guest，life，almost，bicycle，break, finish，spare，basketball，football，read,story，clean, dance，piano，library, once，twice, week, listen，music, write，supermarket 1C
pleasure，volleyball，while 1D
playground，lab，room，gym，classroom，building，pool，thing, card，motorcycle，road， physics 2A
most, better, minute, shelf, great, dear, borrow, course, keep, return, post, newspaper, purse, money，anything，else, nothing, meal, umbrella 2B
plan, next to, near, upstairs, news, attention, between, movie, show, hall, program, gone, wind, activity, stamp, world 2C
traffic, child, exercise，Japanese，the Great wall, wonderful 2D
Wednesday，end, period，Monday，Tuesday，Thursday，F(xiàn)riday，history, art, math, noon, geography, P.E, meeting, how many, lesson, subject, draw, learn 3A
question，Australia，easy，interesting，difficult，boring 3B
answer, joke，funny，interest，everyday,science，useful，hard,wish 3C
wash, restaurant 3D
subway 1A 理
解
worm 1B
reporter，Net Bar, roller skating 1C
measure 1D
dining hall，dormitory 2A
bookstore，workbook，project, certainly, lost and found 2B
poster, collection 2C
partner, happily 2D
timetable, biology, politics, outdoor 3A
editor, column, writer 3C
novel 3D
語
言
知
識(shí) 類別 內(nèi) 容
語
法 1. 一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)（Simple present）
2. 頻度副詞（Adverbs of frequency）
never，seldom，sometimes，often，usually，always，once，twice
3. 現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)（Present continuous）
I’m looking for a book.
Are you doing your homework? Yes， I am./No， I’m not.
Is he/she...? Yes， he/she is./No， he/she isn’t.
What are you doing now? I’m playing computer games.
What is he/she doing? He/She is...
功能和話題 1. 論交通方式（Talking about means of transport）
How do you usually go to school? I usually go to school by bike.
2. 采訪（Interviews）
Our guest today is Michael from Class 2， Grade 1.
3. 談?wù)撊粘Ｉ睿═alking about routines）
4. 學(xué)校建筑（School buildings）
swimming pool， playground， library， dormitory， lab， canteen， gym
5. 談?wù)撆d趣喜好（Talking about interests， likes and dislikes）
I like the swimming pool best. Why do you like English? Because it’s interesting and
easy.
6. 借物（Borrowing things）
How long can I keep it? Two weeks.
7. 新聞（News）、海報(bào)（Poster）
Attention， please! Here is the news.
8. 談?wù)搶W(xué)?；顒?dòng)、科目和時(shí)間表（Talking about school activities， subjects and timetable）
9. 談?wù)搶W(xué)校生活（Talking about school life）
Topic 1
Section A
The main activities are 1 and 3a. 本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1 and 3a。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. （1）Talk about means of transport:
on foot， by bus， by car， by bike， by plane/air/airplane, by train， by subway， by boat/ship/sea
（2）Learn adverbs of frequency:
usually， always
2. Learn the simple present tense:
How do you usually go to school?
I usually go to school by bike.
3.Talk about how to go to school:
Do you often come to school by bike?
Yes, I do.
How do you usually come to school?
I usually come to school by subway.
I always come to school by bus.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids 教具
關(guān)于交通工具的玩具/教學(xué)圖片/簡(jiǎn)筆畫/課件（任老師挑選）
Ⅲ.Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（師生互動(dòng)復(fù)習(xí)舊問候語。）
T： Good morning， class.
Ss：Good morning， Miss...／Mr. ...
T： Welcome back to school， boys and girls. I’m very glad to see you again.
Ss：Me， too.
（找一學(xué)生協(xié)助呈現(xiàn)新問候語“新年好”的答語。）
T： Happy New Year! 新年好！
S： The same to you! 新年好！
（板書如下：）
Happy New Year! 新年好！
The same to you! 新年好！
（全班分兩大組，先按左右分組，然后男女分組互相用上面的對(duì)話打招呼。）
T： Boys and girls. Happy New Year!
Ss： The same to you!
Group A: Happy New Year!
Group B: The Same to you!
Boys： Happy New Year， girls!
Girls： The same to you!
（重新分兩大組。）
Group A： Happy New Year!
Group B： The same to you!
2.（復(fù)習(xí)上學(xué)期的時(shí)間表達(dá)法，導(dǎo)入本課重點(diǎn):交通工具的使用。）
T： What time is it? What’s the time?
Oh， it’s seven o’clock. It’s time to go to school.
I usually go to school by bike／bus／subway...
（板書所有的交通工具的名詞，把玩具拿出來或把教學(xué)圖片掛在黑板上，或用簡(jiǎn)筆畫畫出幾種交通工具來。）
by bus by car on foot
by bike by boat by plane/air/airplane
其它的：by train／subway／underground／ship
I usually go to school by bike／bus／car.
（從而引出本課重點(diǎn)句型，并板書在黑板上。）
A：How do you usually go to school?
B：I usually go to school on foot.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1. (教師指導(dǎo)兩人一組表演，復(fù)習(xí)原來對(duì)話，從而引出對(duì)話1。)
A: What time do you wake up?
B: I wake up at six.
A: How do you usually go to school?
B: By bike.
T: Do you know what time Kangkang gets up? Let’s learn 1.
2.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音。）
What’s the time?
Is it time to get up?
Who wakes Kangkang up?
How does Kangkang go to school today?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
T：Listen to the tape and answer the questions.
wake up--6∶50--get up--early--first day--by bike
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T：Follow the tape and draw “up and down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。）
T：Rub them clean and read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence.Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。）
T: You are mother， listen to Kangkang and make a dialog with him.
4.（看第二步呈現(xiàn)在黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一組表演，不能看書，只能看關(guān)鍵詞對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs. Close your book， look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（用圖片或多媒體課件教交通工具，學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)2。）
(方案a。)
T: Look at the pictures. Say the phrases.
（老師指導(dǎo)學(xué)生說。）
S: on foot/by bus/by car/by bike/by plane...
T: What time is it? It’s six o’clock. It’s time to wake up.
（然后兩人一組練習(xí)下表方框內(nèi)容和鞏固新句型：一人做使用交通工具的動(dòng)作，另一人猜并看黑板造句。然后交換角色。這樣做可以鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生進(jìn)行合作學(xué)習(xí)，人人課堂機(jī)會(huì)均等，提高課堂效率。完成2。）
by bike by bus by plane on foot
Kangkang
Maria
Michael
Jane
A：Today is the first day of the new term.
B：Kangkang usually goes to school by bike.
A：Today is...
B：Maria...
(方案b。)
（利用多媒體課件，讓學(xué)生聽聲音，猜交通工具。）
T: Listen to the sounds， please guess.
Ss: ...
T: OK! Look at the pictures in 2， read and match.
2.（讓學(xué)生完成3a。）
T: Jane meets Kangkang and Sally. Listen and answer， how do Kangkang and Sally come to
school?
（讓學(xué)生回答問題并看關(guān)鍵詞分角色對(duì)話。板書如下。）
Kangkang-by bike Sally-by subway Jane-by bus
3.（讓學(xué)生聽，做4。）
T: Listen to the tape and match.
4.（兩人一組表演對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs. Talk about how to go to school with your partner.
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師再次引用多媒體課件，這次只放flash動(dòng)畫，讓學(xué)生自己展開想像的翅膀，任意造
句子，要用上交通工具的名詞。）
T: Let’s look at the pictures. Are you interested in these lovely pictures? Yes， I know you do.
Please make some sentences as you like， and don’t forget to use these means of transport.
Are you ready? Go!
2.（做5。首先，讓學(xué)生分四人組做一個(gè)調(diào)查報(bào)告How do you usually go to school?完成5。
然后全班集體調(diào)查，讓幾人問How many friends come to school on foot?／...每人問一種交通工具，每個(gè)學(xué)生按人數(shù)從多到少列成表格，最后隨便抽向大家匯報(bào)。）
T: Please report your answer to your classmates.
S1: In our class， fifteen students go to school by bike.
S2: In our class， twenty students go to school by bus.
S3: ...
3.（彈性課堂，讓學(xué)生互相猜測(cè)對(duì)方上學(xué)所使用的交通工具。）
T: Let’s guess. How does your partner go to school? Write it down and then report your answer
to your classmates. Who wants to say first?
S1: Li Ming usually goes to school by bike. I am right.
S2: I am wrong. Liu Li usually goes to school by bike. I guess she goes to school on foot.
4. Homework：
(1)（到社會(huì)上做調(diào)查，看有多少人使用何種交通工具，從多到少一一列表出來。）
(2) Write a passage: My Morning (不少于5個(gè)句子。)
(3) Preview Section B. Write down adverbs of frequency.
Section B
The main activities are 1,2 and 3a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1,2和3a。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn how to use adverbs of frequency:
never， sometimes
2. Learn the simple present tense:
I always get up at around six o’clock.
I often go to school by bike.
3. Talk about frequency:
（1）How does Maria go home?
She sometimes goes home by subway.
（2）I seldom walk to school.
I never go to school on foot.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)/掛圖/單詞卡片／調(diào)查表
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1. Words competition.
（1）A require answer.(必答題。)
T: Boys and girls. Let’s have words competition as usual. First require answer. Each student
two words. I’ll give you Chinese meaning， please say them in English. Row 1， begin!
boat， ship， sea， train， plane， air， usually， always， first，
term， early， wake， on foot， by plane， the same to， by subway
（2）A quick response.(搶答題。)
T：Good! Go on our quick response. If you know, you can stand up quickly. OK? Begin!
sometimes， never， seldom， weekday， around， bird， catch， walk， ride， park
（3）T：Well done， please read them together.
2.（利用頭腦風(fēng)暴法，在1分鐘內(nèi)，每組每位同學(xué)依次說出一種乘坐的交通工具，看哪組
同學(xué)說的最多，就獲勝。）
T: Now I ‘ll give you one minute. Each of you says one kind of transportation. The group that
has the most will win.
3.（利用鏈條式發(fā)問即每豎排同學(xué)一個(gè)問，一個(gè)回答，接著轉(zhuǎn)身問后面的同學(xué)，給每組2
分鐘，看哪組在規(guī)定的時(shí)間說的最多，就獲勝，問題是：How do you usually go to school?）
Example:
S1: How do you usually go to school?
S2: I usually go to school by bike. How do you usually go to school?
S3: I usually go to school by bus. How do you usually go to school?
S4: ...
4.（老師根據(jù)第3個(gè)環(huán)節(jié)的實(shí)際情況，導(dǎo)出1部分的語言功能目標(biāo)，為下一步過渡做鋪墊。）
T: Yeah. Now I know some of you go to school by bike, some of you go to school by bus. But
you know I always get up at around six o’clock. I often go to school on foot. But
sometimes I go to school by bike. I never go to school by bus.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音，可以降低難度。）
T: Listen to the tape of 1 and find out some key words.
（再聽一遍，找出關(guān)鍵詞，為下一步的鞏固做鋪墊。）
around， weekday， bird， catch， worm， seldom， walk， never
（板書并英漢對(duì)照。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（1）（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
（2）（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)，
這樣做可以使學(xué)生集中注意力，效率更高。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Go!
（3）（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。這樣能提高學(xué)生興趣。）
T: You are Michael. Listen to Kangkang and make a dialog with Kangkang.
（4）（看第二步，呈現(xiàn)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一問一答，只看黑板上關(guān)鍵詞對(duì)話。）
T: Work in pairs， close your book. Look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
（5）（利用關(guān)鍵詞進(jìn)行造句。）
Example:
Seldom: I seldom go to school on foot.
...
2.（呈現(xiàn)2的圖片，要求學(xué)生根據(jù)圖片的意思，給每個(gè)頻度副詞造句。）
T: Look at the table， please make sentences by using these adverbs of frequency.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（呈現(xiàn)3a的圖片，通過師生互動(dòng)，進(jìn)一步讓學(xué)生了解和鞏固語言知識(shí)。）
（1）T: Look at the first picture. What does Maria do?
S: Maria goes home by subway.
（通過談?wù)摰?、3、4幅圖，可以得到以下幾個(gè)句子。）
Example:
Li Xiang goes to school by bike.
We go to the park on foot.
They go to the zoo by bus.
（2）（聽錄音，要求學(xué)生寫句子。）
T: Listen to the tape and write down on the notebook.
Example:
Maria sometimes goes home by subway.
Li Xiang often goes to school by bike.
We usually go to the park on foot.
They always go to the zoo by bus.
（3）（核對(duì)答案。）
T: Now let’s check the answers together.
（4）（根據(jù)以上句子，進(jìn)行回答。）
T: Then please ask and answer. You can do it like this:
A: How does Maria go home?
B: Maria sometimes goes home by subway. Are you clear? Begin!
（5）（呈現(xiàn)句子的同義替換，加深對(duì)乘坐交通工具方法的靈活運(yùn)用。）
T: Look at this sentence again. Maria sometimes goes home by subway.
We also say: Maria sometimes takes the subway home.
But what about...
Ask students to do exercises and check the answers.
Keys to answers:
Li Xiang often rides a bike to school.
We usually walk to the park.
They always take the bus to the zoo.
（6）（總結(jié)歸納乘坐交通工具的用法。）
Example:
by bike:ride a bike by plane:fly to...
by bus:take a bus on foot:walk to...
by car: take a car by subway:take the subway
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1. Finish 4.
T:Make a survey of your partners and fill in the chart. Then report it to your class.
get up walk to school watch TV in
the evening do your
homework play computer
game shelp your
parents
always
usually
often
sometimes
seldom
never
A: Do you often watch TV in the evening?
B: No，I don’t. I sometimes watch TV. Sometimes I read books.
2.（呈現(xiàn)調(diào)查表，根據(jù)表格內(nèi)容，寫一段話，然后匯報(bào)。）
go shopping watch TV walk after supper get up early
I
Grandma
Grandpa
Father
Mother
T: Look at the table， please make a survey. You can fill in the blanks with the adverbs of
frequency. For example: seldom， always， sometimes， often...
3.（彈性課堂，要求學(xué)生背一句諺語。板書。）
Proverb.
Where there is will， there is a way.
4. Let’s chant 5.
T: At last let’s relax. Let’s chant together.
（在輕松活潑融洽的氣氛中結(jié)束這節(jié)課。）
You go to work by bike.
He walks to school with Mike.
She comes here by plane.
They go there by train.
We are busy on weekdays.
Let’s be early as always.
5. Homework:
(1)（讓學(xué)生寫一篇有關(guān)自己的小短文，用上Section A和 Section B中學(xué)過的重點(diǎn)句型。
五句話左右。有興趣，學(xué)生們可以課外收集中外古諺語，名人名言。培養(yǎng)他們的自主學(xué)習(xí)能力和自我構(gòu)建能力。）
（2）（讓學(xué)生收集有關(guān)中美學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)生活的資料，看他們之間有什么不同，預(yù)習(xí)1a on page
5。）
SectionC
The main activities are 1a， 2 and 3.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a， 2和3。
Ⅰ.Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1.（1）Learn adverbs of frequency:
once， twice
（2）Learn other useful words and expressions:
guest， life， almost, bicycle, break, finish， spare， basketball， football，read, story，
clean， dance， piano， library, week, listen， music, write, supermarket
2.（1）Learn the simple present tense:
I usually play computer games.
He usually reads story books.
Do you often read books in the library?
（2）-How often do you go to the library?
-Once/Twice/Three times a week/Very often/Every day/Seldom...
3. Talk about the school activities:
play computer games， read story books， clean the house， play soccer， go dancing， play
basketball， play the piano， sing songs
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
話筒/圖片/錄音機(jī)
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（復(fù)習(xí)Section B 5 Let’s chant，活躍課堂氣氛。）
T: The whole class， let’s chant again.
（全班同學(xué)邊唱邊用雙手打節(jié)拍。）
2.（復(fù)習(xí)上節(jié)課的交通工具。）
T: How do you usually go to school?
S1: I usually go to school on foot.
T: How do you usually go to school?
S2: I usually go to school by bike.
T: ...
3.（學(xué)生在小組里進(jìn)行鏈?zhǔn)綄?duì)話，繼續(xù)復(fù)習(xí)交通工具。）
S1: How do you often go to school?
S2: I often go to school on foot. What about you?
S3: I often go to school by bike. How do you usually go to school?
S4: ...
4. (教師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生復(fù)習(xí)頻度副詞seldom, often, always,從而引出本節(jié)課的新詞組how often和另幾個(gè)頻度副詞once, twice...)
T: I always go to library after school.
Mr. Zhang doesn’t go to library every day, he goes there once a week.
(板書劃線部分，學(xué)習(xí)新詞once,用同樣的方法講解twice。)
T：How often do you go to library?(學(xué)習(xí)how often)
S：...
(板書劃線部分，重點(diǎn)講解how often的用法。)
T: Now, let’s use them to make dialogs.(指著黑板上的新詞。)
5.（邀請(qǐng)一位同學(xué)扮演貴賓，老師扮演采訪者進(jìn)行采訪，盡可能幫助學(xué)生。）
T: Now， I am an interviewer. Good morning， everyone! Our guest today is
Kangkang from Class 5， Grade 1. Hello， Kangkang!
Kangkang: Hello.
T: We want to know something about your school life. How do you usually get to
school?
Kangkang: I usually walk to school. But sometimes I go to school by bike.
T: Where do you have lunch?
Kangkang: I usually have lunch at school.
T: Do you sometimes eat out in school days?
Kangkang: No， I don’t.
T: Do you have a short break after lunch?
Kangkang: Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
T: What time do the classes finish in the afternoon?
Kangkang: At about half past four.
T: What do you often do in your spare time?
Kangkang: I often play basketball.
（老師板書新單詞、短語。）
interviewer， guest， school life， eat out， have a short sleep, finish, in your spare time,
basketball
6.（讓學(xué)生扮演采訪者，向Kangkang提問題。）
T: Now， the other students. Do you have any other questions? You can ask Kangkang.
S1: What time do you usually get to school?
Kangkang: I usually get to school at about seven o’clock.
S2: What time do the classes begin in the morning?
Kangkang: At about twenty to eight.
S3: How many lessons do you have every day?
Kangkang: I have 7 lessons every day.
S4: ...
7.（采訪結(jié)束。）
T: OK. The interview is over. Thank you, Kangkang. Now， do you want to know about the
school life of American students? Listen to the tape carefully.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。）
T: Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
How do American students usually get to school?
Where do they eat lunch?
Do they have a short break after lunch?
What time do the classes finish in the afternoon?
What do they often do in their spare time?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
walk or take a yellow school bus...eat out...have a short break...finish
classes...in their spare time
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)1a，向?qū)W生講解中、美學(xué)生學(xué)校生活的異同。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence.Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，即學(xué)生和錄音機(jī)對(duì)話。）
T: You are Michael. Listen to interviewer and make a dialog with her.
4.（看第二步呈現(xiàn)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞，學(xué)生兩人一組表演1a。）
T: Work in pairs. Close your book， look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生做1b Pair work。）
T: Practice the dialogs in 1b in pairs.
2.（學(xué)生兩人之間互相采訪。）
T: Work in pairs. Suppose one of you is an interviewer. Do an interview between you and your partner.
3.（老師出示一張Wang Junfeng打游戲機(jī)的圖片。）
T: I usually play soccer after school. What does you usually do after school， S1?
S1: I usually read books.
T: Look at this picture. What does Wang Junfeng usually do after school?
S1: He usually plays computer games.
T: Do you often play computer games?
S1: No， I don’t.
T: How often do you go to the Net Bar?
S1: Seldom.
T: That’s very good.
T: Do you often play computer games， S2?
S2: Yes， I do.
T: How often do you go to the Net Bar?
S2: Very often.
T: That’s too bad! Work must come first!
（板書）
play soccer踢足球play computer games打電腦游戲
Work must come first!工作第一！
4.（老師出示一張Yu Jing在看圖書的圖片。）
T: What do you usually do after school， S3?
S3:I usually play basketball.
T: Now， look at this picture. What does Yu Jing usually do after school?
S3:He usually reads story books.
T: Do you often read books in the library?
S3:Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
T: How often do you go to the library?
（老師引出并教學(xué)once/twice/three times a week，然后讓學(xué)生回答。）
S3:Once a week.
T: That’s good. We must study hard.
（老師板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
read story books看故事書once/twice/three times a week一周一次/兩次/三次
（用同樣方法教學(xué)clean， dance， roller skating板書）
clean the house打掃房子go dancing去跳舞go roller skating去滑旱冰
5.（讓學(xué)生練習(xí)2 Pair work。）
T: Look at the pictures. Work in pairs. One asks and the other answers. Then change the roles.
6.（學(xué)生做3 Listen, ask and answer，進(jìn)行鏈?zhǔn)綄?duì)話。）
T: Now，let’s use the phrases in the box of 3 to do a chain work like this.
S1:Do you often...?
S2:Yes， I do./No， I don’t.
S1:How often do you...?
S2:Once/Twice/Three times a week./Very often./Every day./Seldom... Do you often...?
S3:...
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生做調(diào)查報(bào)告，并向全班匯報(bào)。）
T: Make a survey of your classmates and fill in the chart. Then report it to your class.
A: How often do you watch TV?
B: Once a week…
watch TV
in the evening Walk to school play computer games help your parents play basketball
Li Ming Once a week
Report: Li Ming watches TV in the evening once a week...
2.（讓學(xué)生就中外學(xué)生學(xué)校生活的異同做比較。）
（把全班學(xué)生分成四組，每小組在一起討論關(guān)于中美學(xué)生不同學(xué)習(xí)生活的資料，由一人
進(jìn)行歸納總結(jié)。然后每組推薦出一個(gè)小記者，向全班同學(xué)匯報(bào)，所有同學(xué)要求記錄下來。
需用紙制話筒，椅子等。）
T: The whole class talk about something about the different school lives between American
students and Chinese students. Then write them down.
Example:
In America， students walk or take a yellow school bus. In China， students...
3. Homework:
(1)Write a passage about what you usually do or seldom do in a week.
Example:
I usually go to school on foot. I seldom...
(2)回家通過多種渠道收集有關(guān)中西方國(guó)家的文化差異的信息。
(3)歸納所有的頻度副詞。
Section D
The main activities are 1，2 and 5. 本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，2和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aids and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the phonetics:
｜潰，｜茫，｜t潰，｜d茫
2. Talk about daily grammars:
（1）Talk about adverbs of frequency:
seldom， never， sometimes， often， usually， always
（2）Talk about the simple present tense:
①How do you usually go to school?
I usually go to school on foot.
②How does Michael often go to school?
He often walks to school.
③How often do you go to the library?
Three times a week.
3. Talk about daily routines.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
音標(biāo)卡片/錄音機(jī)/人體鐘/課件
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（用“Happy New Year!”來導(dǎo)入復(fù)習(xí)并做4b?；钴S課堂氣氛，引起學(xué)生興趣。）
T: Let’s sing the song “Happy New Year!” together.
2.（呈現(xiàn)“The early bird catches the worm.”，并譯成漢語，勉勵(lì)學(xué)生勤奮學(xué)習(xí)。板書如下：）
The early bird catches the worm.
笨鳥先飛/早起的鳥兒有蟲吃。
3.（檢查上節(jié)課到社會(huì)上做調(diào)查表的作業(yè)，找?guī)孜煌瑢W(xué)讀出自己調(diào)查的結(jié)果，公布于全班
同學(xué)。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的成就感，社會(huì)責(zé)任感。）
T: Take out your surveys. I’ll ask some students to report your answers to the class.
4.（聽錄音，做3。第一遍，學(xué)生只聽，第二遍，邊聽邊寫下答案，第三遍，邊聽邊連線。）
T: First， just listen.
Second， listen and write.
Third， listen and match.
5.（聽完錄音，核對(duì)答案。叫學(xué)生把句子寫在黑板上，也許在學(xué)生重抄句子的過程中能發(fā)
現(xiàn)自己的錯(cuò)誤。培養(yǎng)自我發(fā)現(xiàn)、自我總結(jié)能力。）
T: Please come to the front to write your answers on the blackboard. If your answers are wrong,
correct them. Now， check your answers.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（全班學(xué)生人手各執(zhí)一卡片，卡片上只有教學(xué)目標(biāo)中列出的4個(gè)音標(biāo)，做1。老師讀其中
的一個(gè)音標(biāo)，所有執(zhí)那個(gè)音標(biāo)卡片的學(xué)生全站起來，依次類推，做完4個(gè)音標(biāo)的訓(xùn)練。
全班動(dòng)員，人人參與。）
T: Everyone has a card. If I read ｜｜， raise your card ｜｜. If I read ｜t｜，
please raise your card ｜t｜. Do you understand?
2.（一學(xué)生讀卡片上的音標(biāo)，其所在小組其它成員均舉起他/她讀的音標(biāo)卡片。）
T: Practice in groups. One reads the phonetics, others raise your cards.
3.（接龍游戲。第一個(gè)學(xué)生讀一個(gè)音標(biāo)，全班其余的有這個(gè)音標(biāo)卡片的同學(xué)都邊舉卡片邊
讀。）
T: Let’s have a new game. Example: S1 reads ｜｜， if you have the card ｜｜， please
raise your card and read it out.
4.（預(yù)習(xí)2，劃出交通工具的名詞和一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的句子。）
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音1，模仿原文語音語調(diào)。）
T: Listen to 1， read after the tape. Pay attention to your pronunciation.
2.（檢查學(xué)生們是否已劃出2中全文的一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)及交通工具。）
T: Look at 2. Where are the simple present tense?
Who wants to say: please!
Well done. Clap your hands for him/her!
Who wants to talk about the means of transport?
Wonderful! Today I’m very glad. Why? Do you know?
3.（兩人一組，全班合作，接龍游戲，做2。找學(xué)生讀一句英語，他的下一位同學(xué)要翻譯此句，依次類推。）
T: Would you love to play a game again?
Ss: ...
T: These are rules.
Example:
S1: Read the first sentence in English.
S2: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
S3: Read the second sentence in English.
S4: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
S5: Read the third sentence in English.
S6: Say the same sentence in Chinese.
Work in pairs and do 2. Can you catch me now?
OK， begin!
4.（分組活動(dòng)，全班分三大組，一組讀譯一段課文。）
T: Now，work in groups. We have three groups. One group read the first part in both English
and Chinese， the other group read the second part in both English and Chinese，the last
group read the third part in both English and Chinese. Go!
5.（男女生互相監(jiān)督。男生用英語讀全文，女生翻譯出全文，其余的男、女生監(jiān)督他倆是
否有錯(cuò)誤。若有錯(cuò)誤老師及時(shí)給予糾正。）
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（不看課文填表。培養(yǎng)鍛煉學(xué)生的記憶能力。）
T: Don’t look at your books and fill in the chart on page 8.
2.（人體鐘游戲。某學(xué)生用肢體當(dāng)時(shí)鐘，其余同學(xué)復(fù)述2中的內(nèi)容。）
T: Do you want to play a new game? A body clock. One student is a clock like this，all the rest retell the story on page 7. Example:
（讓一同學(xué)用手臂表示時(shí)針和分針。游戲方法：主持人發(fā)令：Ready. Go!作“鐘”的同
學(xué)擺出姿勢(shì)，擺出page 7短文中出現(xiàn)的時(shí)間，其他同學(xué)根據(jù)姿勢(shì)猜時(shí)刻后，再復(fù)述出這個(gè)時(shí)間點(diǎn)里Jane所做的事情及活動(dòng)。）
3.（制作表格，介紹自己一天的活動(dòng)。）
T: Make a new chart about your daily activities.
4.（利用課件，全班學(xué)生一起做1。）
5.（利用課件，簡(jiǎn)單歸納一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)，設(shè)計(jì)如下：）
（1）A: What time is it?
B: It’s seven o’clock.
（2）We want to know about the school life of American students.
（3）A: Do they have a short break after lunch?
B: No， they don’t.
（4）A: How do you usually go to school?
B: I usually go to school on foot.
（5）A: How does Michael often go to school?
B: He often walks to school.
（6）A: How often do you go to the library?
B: Three times a week.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（分組活動(dòng)。做1。一組負(fù)責(zé)一個(gè)音標(biāo)，總結(jié)所有學(xué)過單詞中發(fā)這個(gè)音的單詞。）
T: Do 1 on Page 7 in groups. First we’re divided into 4 groups. You’ll collect the words which pronounces the same phonetic in your brain.
2.（四人活動(dòng)，使用音標(biāo)圖片一起學(xué)習(xí)這4個(gè)音標(biāo)的正確發(fā)音。）
T: Let’s practice the four phonetics in groups.
Every group has four members.
3.（找?guī)孜粚W(xué)生把總結(jié)出來的所有單詞向大家匯報(bào)。）
T: Have you finished your collection? I’ll ask some students to report your answers to the class.
4.（獨(dú)立學(xué)習(xí)，做1和 2。）
T: Work alone 1 and 2.
5.（制表格做5，復(fù)習(xí)這一個(gè)話題學(xué)過的句型及重難點(diǎn)。）
T: Make a survey， just do 5 on page 8.
Use the sentences and pay attention to the key words.
6.（分組討論，做2，為下步布置作業(yè)作準(zhǔn)備。）
T: Talk about 2 on page 7 in groups.
7. Homework:
Write a passage about your daily activities.
Topic 2
Section A
The main activities are 1，2a and 3.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，2a和3。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the names of school buildings:
playground， lab， room， gym， classroom， road， building， pool
2. Learn the names of other things: thing, card
3. Learn the present continuous tense:
What are you doing?
I am reading in the library.
What is he doing?
He is watching TV in the bedroom.
4. Learn likes and dislikes:
Do you like our school?
Yes，I do./No， I don’t.
I like the computer room best.
I don’t like the library.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（做一個(gè)調(diào)查，調(diào)查學(xué)生是否喜歡校園生活，在課余經(jīng)常做什么活動(dòng)，為校園場(chǎng)所名稱
的學(xué)習(xí)埋下伏筆，也為現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的學(xué)習(xí)提供動(dòng)詞詞組。）
S1: =Yuan Hong
T: Today I want to make a survey. Yuan Hong， please answer my questions. Do you like
our school life?
S1: Yes， I like our school life.
T: What do you usually do in your spare time?
S1: I usually play basketball.
T: Thank you. ××，what do you usually do in your spare time?
S2: I often read books.
T: What about you， ××?
S3: I often go swimming.
...
2.（詢問學(xué)生通常在哪里做上述活動(dòng)，呈現(xiàn)校園場(chǎng)所名稱。）
T: I know you can have happy school life. Yuan Hong usually plays basketball.××（S2）
often reads books.××（S3）often goes swimming...Please answer my questions now.
Where do we play basketball?
S1: Playground.
T: Where do we read story books?
S2: Library.
T: Where do we swim?
S3: Swimming pool.
...
（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)預(yù)習(xí)，說出校園內(nèi)場(chǎng)所的名稱。）
T: Can you name the school buildings?
S1: Library，dining hall...
S2: Gym，lab...
...
3.（讓學(xué)生跟讀1的錄音，并把詞與圖正確搭配。）
T: Please listen to the tape and repeat. Then write the letters in the right place on the picture.
4.（引導(dǎo)學(xué)生觀察1的圖畫，呈現(xiàn)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)。）
T: Look at the picture. We can see a student in the library. What’s he doing? He’s reading a
book.
（板書句型。）
What’s he doing?
He’s reading a book.
（讓學(xué)生聽圖中的對(duì)話，并板書。）
T: Listen to the tape and repeat.
What’re you doing?
I’m reading Harry Potter.
（讓學(xué)生試著判斷上面兩個(gè)句型是用來表述什么時(shí)間下的動(dòng)作。）
T：（用漢語）黑板上兩個(gè)句型中的動(dòng)作是發(fā)生在什么時(shí)間的？
Ss：現(xiàn)在正在進(jìn)行的動(dòng)作。
T: That’s right. When we express something is happening， we use the present continuous tense.
(讓學(xué)生跟讀句子，總結(jié)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的結(jié)構(gòu)特點(diǎn)。)
T: Please read after me. And find the rules of the present continuous tense. He’s reading a book.
Ss: He’s reading a book.
T: I’m reading Harry Potter.
Ss: I’m reading Harry Potter.
T: Do you find the rules?
Ss: Yes. be + doing.
be+doing
be動(dòng)詞+動(dòng)詞ing形式
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（讓學(xué)生聽、讀2a對(duì)話，完成2b表格。）
T：Please listen to the tape， then read it again. Fill in the chart in 2b.
Name Kangkang Maria Wang Wei
Favorite place
Things he/she is doing
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生跟讀對(duì)話。）
T：Listen to the tape and repeat.
2.（讓學(xué)生分角色朗讀。）
T：Please work in pairs， read the dialog.
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容，回答問題。）
T: Please answer my questions. Which place does Michael like best?
S1: Computer room.
T: Which place does Jane like best?
S2: She likes the swimming pool best.
T: Which place does Kangkang like best?
S3: ...
...
4.（讓學(xué)生合上書本，根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容說出Michael等5位同學(xué)分別喜歡的地點(diǎn)。）
T: They like different places. Please tell me which place they like best.
S1: Michael likes computer room best. Jane likes...
S2: ..
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：12分鐘）
1.（問學(xué)生Kangkang等人正在做什么。）
T: Look at the pictures in 2a. Answer my questions.
What’s Kangkang doing?
S1: Kang is playing soccer.
T: What’s Maria doing?
S2: She is reading a story book.
T: What’s Wang Wei doing?
S3: He is sleeping.
2.（讓學(xué)生跟讀3中的對(duì)話。）
T: Please listen to the tape and repeat.
（根據(jù)對(duì)話內(nèi)容提問，讓學(xué)生回答，呈現(xiàn)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的一般疑問句形式。）
T: Is Jane doing her homework?
Ss: No， she isn’t.
T: Is Jane watching TV?
Ss: Yes， she is.
T: Is Michael playing basketball?
Ss: No， he isn’t.
T: What’s he doing?
Ss: He’s making cards.
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)4的圖畫進(jìn)行兩人對(duì)話。）
T: Please look at the pictures in 4. Ask and answer in pairs.
S1: Where is she?
S2: She is in the gym.
S1: Is she singing?
S2: No， she isn’t.
S1: What’s she doing?
S2: She’s dancing.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：13分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生調(diào)查班級(jí)的同學(xué)喜歡校園的哪里及原因。）
T: Please make a survey. And fill in the chart.
Name Favorite place Why
Wei Wei playground likes playing soccer
（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)調(diào)查內(nèi)容做報(bào)告。）
T: Please report what you surveyed.
S1: Wei Wei likes playground. He likes playing soccer.
...
2.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)chant的內(nèi)容做動(dòng)作。）
T: I’ll chant. Please perform the action when I chant.
What’re you doing now?
I am swimming now.
（學(xué)生做游泳動(dòng)作。）
What’re you doing now?
I am running now.
（學(xué)生做跑步動(dòng)作。）
...
3.（請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生到臺(tái)上做動(dòng)作，其它同學(xué)用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)進(jìn)行問答。）
T: Li Juan， come here.（出示一個(gè)dance的動(dòng)詞卡片給她看。）Please perform the action.
（學(xué)生表演跳舞動(dòng)作。）
T: What is she doing?
S: She’s dancing.
...
4.（作業(yè)，要求學(xué)生調(diào)查班級(jí)同學(xué)課余最喜歡做什么，最喜歡校園的什么場(chǎng)所。）
T: Please make a survey. What does your friend often do in spare time? Which place does
he/she like best and why? And write a short passage.
SectionB
The main activities are 1a， 2 and 3a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a， 2和3a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aids and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. learn other useful words and expressions:
most, better, minute， shelf， great, dear， borrow, of course, keep， return， post, newspaper, purse， money， anything， else, nothing, meal, umbrella
2. Talk about the present continuous tense:
What are you doing?
I’m looking for my purse.
Are you playing basketball?
No， I’m not.
3. Talk about how to buy and borrow things.
4. Talk about Lost and Found.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)/圖片/報(bào)紙/書/課件
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（檢查上次作業(yè)。）
T: Now， let’s check homework. S1， S2， S3 and S4， please report your answers to the class. S1， you， first. Go!
2.（兩人對(duì)話。復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
T: Work in pairs. Look at Page 10， 4， and make dialogs like these sentences. Attention!
Present continuous. I’ll give you two minutes to prepare. Then I’ll ask two students to act
out your dialogs.
3.（三人搭檔活動(dòng)。一位學(xué)生手拿任意一張圖片或在黑板上畫簡(jiǎn)筆畫，另兩位學(xué)生一問一
答，繼續(xù)復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的句子或一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)的句子。）
T: Work in groups. This time I’ll ask three students to act the picture out. How to do it?
（老師隨即叫出三位學(xué)生，吩咐他們各自要做的任務(wù)。）
4.（老師與學(xué)生兩人一起表演在書店買書的過程。導(dǎo)入1a。老師參與表演，學(xué)生會(huì)更加積
極地參與課堂教學(xué)活動(dòng)。）
T: Let’s play a game.
（老師手拿一本仁愛版的英語教輔書。）
T: Boys and girls. I want to buy a book like this. Who is the boss of a bookstore? Who loves to act with me?
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（利用課件或圖片呈現(xiàn)1a。若用圖片，老師課前應(yīng)該已要求學(xué)生將有關(guān)書店買書活動(dòng)的
新單詞制成卡片，卡片上盡量顯示圖畫和單詞兩部分。老師現(xiàn)在手拿一張書店的圖片，
圖片的下面寫著“bookstore”。）
T: Look at the picture， where is it?
Ss: “書店”。
T: What is this in English? Read after me， please.
（老師拿著一張一學(xué)生正在買書的圖片）
T: What is he doing now? S1， do you know?
S1: I think he is buying books.
2. (老師假設(shè)一種情景：假如你買不到想要的圖書，那該怎么辦嗎？對(duì)，應(yīng)該很有禮貌地向別人借一下。)
T: Let’s learn 1b. Learn how to borrow books from others.
T: Excuse me, may I borrow this book?
S1: Sure! Here you are!
T: How long can I keep it?
S2: Two weeks.
(同時(shí)把重、難點(diǎn)板書在黑板上。)
May I borrow...?
Sure!/Certainly!/Of course.
You must .../Thank you anyway.
You’re welcome.
Step 3 Consolidation第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，做1a。）
T: Look at 1a. Just listen， please.
2.（表演競(jìng)賽。教室前面一書架上擺滿仁愛版和其他版本圖書，然后找三組學(xué)生表演1a，
最后學(xué)生們自己評(píng)出哪組表演的最優(yōu)秀。老師對(duì)勝出者給予仁愛版圖書以獎(jiǎng)勵(lì)。）
T: Work in groups. Three groups will come to the front of the classroom to act. Do you love
Ren’ai books? If you win， I will give two Ren’ai books to the winners. Which group will
win? Ready， please. (Two minutes later.) Let’s begin to act the dialogs out.
3.（雙人對(duì)話。找兩位學(xué)生表演1b，一學(xué)生買不到書，然后找好朋友借。）
T: Don’t look at your books. Now， I will ask two students to act 1b out. S1 and S2， you，
please.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（老師又拿出一學(xué)生像在路上尋找東西的圖片。）
T: Well done. S2， look at the picture.Guess， what is he doing?
S2: I think he is looking for something.
T: You are right. He lost something.
（板書上句中劃線單詞lost，導(dǎo)入3a。板書如下：）
Lost: Found:
I lost a book. A book.
（一人正在尋找東西的圖片。） Please call:
Please call: 8856309 8821437
尋物啟示 失物招領(lǐng)
（老師解釋板書的內(nèi)容，叫學(xué)生預(yù)習(xí)3a一分鐘。）
2.（讓學(xué)生人手三張卡片，分別寫上數(shù)字號(hào)碼1、2、3，以備勝出者用。）
T: Are you ready? The first group， please.
（第一組表演結(jié)束后。）
T: Well done! Let’s clap for them. The second group， are you ready? Please.
（三組都表演結(jié)束后。）
T: Now， let’s choose the best group. which group is the best? Raise the number card. Go!
3.（聽錄音，做2和3a。）
T: Be quiet， please. Let’s listen to the tape. Don’t look at your books. Just listen， please.
（放完錄音后。）
T: Now， look at your books， 2 and 3a on Page 12. Read after the tape.
（老師開始重放2的錄音。）
4.（雙人對(duì)話，做1b。）
T: Work in pairs. Do 1b on the Page 11. Pay attention to the key words and phrases.
（老師強(qiáng)調(diào)重、難點(diǎn)。）
May I borrow...?
Sure!/Certainly!/Of course.
You must do...
Thank you./Thank you anyway.
You’re welcome.
5.（分組表演。做2，全班分四組表演，每一組中每次抽出三人分別扮演Michael， Maria
和Girl。）
T: Work in groups and do 2. Now we have four groups. Every group sends three members to
be as Michael， Maria and Girl.
6.（表演競(jìng)賽。用表演1a的競(jìng)賽規(guī)則或方式來做2。）
T: Would you love to be winners? Do you want to get the red flag? Let’s do 2. How to do it?...
Step 5 Project第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，復(fù)述或復(fù)習(xí)1a， 2和3a的內(nèi)容。）
（1）（先找一學(xué)生回憶1a的內(nèi)容，然后聽錄音1a，再讓其復(fù)述1a的內(nèi)容。）
T: Boys and girls. Have you remebered the story of 1a? S1, you want to try? Retell the story,
please. Let’s clap for him/her!
（2）（鼓勵(lì)更多的學(xué)生來參與復(fù)述2課文內(nèi)容。）
T: S2， do you want to try? Try to retell the story of 2. Who else? Raise your hand. Wow， so many!
（3）（分組表演競(jìng)賽，做3a。表演即復(fù)習(xí)3a的內(nèi)容。）
2. Homework:
（1）寫一篇有關(guān)買書過程的小短文，大約10句話。
（2）寫一則失物招領(lǐng)啟示，不少于兩個(gè)句子。
（3）預(yù)習(xí)13頁的1a。
（4）如有興趣，畫一張本校的建筑物分布圖。
Section C
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn other useful words and expressions:
plan, next to,near， upstairs， news， attention， between, movie, show, hall, program, gone,
wind, activity,stamp， world
2. Talk about news and poster.
Ⅱ.Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／圖片／掛圖／單詞卡片
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（對(duì)話表演，全班分為四組，每組各表演一個(gè)對(duì)話，其他學(xué)生認(rèn)真聽，找錯(cuò)誤。對(duì)話時(shí)
間以一分鐘為限，老師數(shù)句子，稱為一分鐘對(duì)話。第一組學(xué)生借東西，可以在教室內(nèi)走
動(dòng)。第二組東西丟了，去失物招領(lǐng)處找回來。第三組去書店買書。第四組請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生表
演動(dòng)作，另兩個(gè)學(xué)生用現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)對(duì)話。通過這個(gè)活動(dòng)來熱身，吸引學(xué)生的注意力，復(fù)
習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)并復(fù)習(xí)前面的對(duì)話。）
T: Group 1， please!
S1: ...
S2: ...
T: Very good! 20 sentences! Can you find any mistakes in the dialog?...Yeah， you’re right.
Let’s go on， Group 2， please!
...
2.（貼一張本校的圖片在黑板上，先把左邊的學(xué)校場(chǎng)所名稱用紙張遮起來。）
CLASSROOM BUILDING（教學(xué)樓。）
（1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8八間教室，9、10老師辦公室，11、12、13、14、15、16學(xué)生宿舍。）
T: Look at the picture， answer my questions:
（指著電腦室。）
T: What are they doing?
Ss： They are playing on the computer.
T: What’s the name of the room? Can you guess?
Ss: Yes, computer room.
T： Where’s the computer room?
S1: It’s in the classroom building.
S2：It’s next to the lab.
T： Good. We can also say，“It’s upstairs.”它在樓上。
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照，導(dǎo)入新詞upstairs。）
T：Which room is upstairs next to the computer room?
S3： I think it’s a lab. Is it right?
T: Right.
（指著圖書館。）
T: What are they doing?
S4: They are reading books.
T: hat’s the name of the room?
S5: Library. Is it a library?
T: You are right. Where is the library?
S6: It’s next to the room. I think it’s next to the gym. It’s a gym near(在……附近)the library.Because many students are dancing in the room. So I guess it’s a gym.
T: Well done! What’s the meaning of “near”? You know， yes， 在……附近。Who can
tell me, where is the dormitory building?
S7： It’s near the classroom building.它在教學(xué)樓附近。
（板書劃線部分。通過以上活動(dòng)，不僅導(dǎo)入新詞near， upstairs，而且復(fù)習(xí)了學(xué)校場(chǎng)所
名稱和現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。）
T: Listen to the tape and answer the questions:
（1）Where is my classroom?
（2）What do you do after school?
（3）What are near my classroom?
（4）Where is the computer room?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
next to-near-upstairs-play soccer
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1。）
2.（在平面圖上填寫學(xué)校場(chǎng)所。）
T: Read the passage and complete the places of the school.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a。學(xué)生跟讀。）
T: Follow the tape and repeat loudly.
2.（看圖和黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞復(fù)述短文。）
3.（完成1b和1c）
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（聽2a的錄音，回答問題。板書問題。）
（1）When does the game begin?
（2）Where is the game?
（3）When does the movie Gone with the Wind begin?
（4）When does the movie The sound of Music begin?
（5）Where can we watch the movies?
2.（學(xué)生跟讀2a。）
3.（學(xué)生聽做2b。）
4.（做3。）
T: Read Poster 1 and then fill in the blanks of Poster 2.
5.（用單詞卡片再現(xiàn)本課新詞，并造句。）
Examples：
T: What’s this in English， please?
Ss： Attention， please.
（出示“新聞”卡片。）
T: What’s this in English， please?
Ss: News. It’s a piece of news.它是一則新聞。
（出示“在……之間”卡片。）
Ss: Between， he sits between you and me.
（出示“郵票”卡片。）
T: How to say“郵票，郵展”in English?
S1: Stamp， stamp collection show.
（出示“世界”卡片。）
T: What’s this in English? How to say “在世界上”in English?
S2: World. In the world.
（出示“禮堂”卡片。）
S3: Hall. Come and see the stamp collection show in the school hall.
T: Wonderful， you are good boys and girls.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（描述理想的學(xué)校，把它畫下來，每組請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生到黑板上畫。）
2. (假設(shè)星期六晚上學(xué)校要在禮堂舉行一個(gè)歌舞晚會(huì)，請(qǐng)一起制作一個(gè)海報(bào)。)
3. Homework：
（1）(復(fù)習(xí)本單元單詞，以便下節(jié)課單詞競(jìng)賽。)
（2）(準(zhǔn)備一分鐘對(duì)話。)
Section D
The main activities are 1，3a and 5.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1，3a和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the phonetics：
||, ||, ||, ||
2. Learn other useful words and expressions：
traffic, child, exercise, Japanese, the Great Wall, wonderful
3. Review the present continuous tense:
I’m looking for a book.
He isn’t cleaning the dormitory.
Are you doing your homework?
Yes， I am.／No， I’m not.
Is he／she...?
Yes， he／she is.／No， he／she isn’t.
What is he／she doing?
He／She is...
4. Talk about news.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／單詞卡片
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（單詞競(jìng)賽，老師抽查三排學(xué)生，被抽到的排，從左到右往下輪，每個(gè)學(xué)生讀并拼出一
個(gè)單詞，造一個(gè)句子。用上現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)，單詞一分，句子兩分。全班同學(xué)一起找錯(cuò)誤，
找到一個(gè)錯(cuò)誤加兩分。）
Example：
T： Please read the names of the school building， and make a sentence. One by one.
S1：Library. In the library. I’m reading in the library.
S2：Playground. On the playground. I’m running on the playground.
S3：Pool. The swimming pool. He’s swimming in the swimming pool.
（復(fù)習(xí)前面三課的單詞，板書如下：）
library， playground， lab， room， gym， building， pool， motorcycle， road，
shelf， physics， keep， return， borrow
（通過競(jìng)賽，吸引學(xué)生注意力，活躍課堂氣氛，調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)習(xí)積極性。）
2.（一分鐘對(duì)話，復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的肯定句，否定句，一般疑問句，特殊疑問句及其回答。）
(比賽規(guī)則：老師抽一排，全班4組8對(duì)學(xué)生，編一個(gè)對(duì)話進(jìn)行比賽，時(shí)間為一分鐘。請(qǐng)
一個(gè)同學(xué)計(jì)時(shí)，老師數(shù)句子。一句一分，全班同學(xué)找錯(cuò)誤，找到一個(gè)錯(cuò)誤加兩分，鼓勵(lì)
學(xué)生，并能提高聽力能力。)
3.（老師拿出一張照片，上面是一個(gè)日本女孩在健身房跳健美操。）
T： She is my pen pal， do you like her?
Ss： Yes, she is a beautiful girl， I like her a lot.
T： Is she running?
Ss： No， she isn’t.
T： What’s she doing?
Ss： She is dancing.
T： Yeah, right. She is taking exercise in the gym. 她在健身房做鍛煉。Do you like taking
exercise?
Ss： Yes, we do.
T： Where is she from? Do you know?
Ss： She is from Japanese.
T： No， you are wrong. She is from Japan. She is Japanese. She is a Japanese girl.她是日本人，她是一個(gè)日本女孩。
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照。導(dǎo)入exercise， Japanese。）
S1： I know， Kamiko is from Japan， she is Japanese.
S2： Xiaodingdang is from Japan， Kangfu is a Japanese boy.
S3： Yingtaoxiaowangzi is a Japanese girl， too.
T：You are all clever， you love cartoons. Who likes taking exercise in the cartoons? Can you
tell me?
S4： Daxiong likes taking exercise， so he is very strong.
S5： Kangfu doesn’t like taking exercise， so he is short and weak.
T：Good， you are wonderful.
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（呈現(xiàn)含/ts/、/dz/、/tr/、/dr/的單詞卡片，讓學(xué)生熟悉這些發(fā)音，為下面的操練做準(zhǔn)
備。）
T: What’s this?
S: It’s “boats”.
T: What’s that?
S: It’s “shirts”.
（板書boats， shirts，要求學(xué)生找規(guī)律。）
T： Look at these two words. What can you find out?
S1： ...
S2： ...
T： Good! Shirts “ts” makes /ts/，boats “ts” ， too.
You are clever! Read after me...
（再舉個(gè)/dz/的例子，步驟同上；然后呈現(xiàn)/tr/音標(biāo)，運(yùn)用頭腦風(fēng)暴法要求學(xué)生盡可能多
地說出發(fā)這個(gè)音的單詞，再進(jìn)行歸納，講授/dr/的方法同｜tr｜。并給出答案，誰能說出
1個(gè)單詞就加1分。）
Example：
playgrounds/dz/, roads/dz/ ， Australia /tr/，interest /tr/， restaurant /tr/， draw /dr/， drink
/dr/， hundred /dr/
T: Look at /tr/. What words have the sound /tr/ in them?
S: ...
T: Clever! I think “interest， Australia” have the sound /tr/.
Let’s go on another phonetics /dr/. Who knows...?
2.（聽錄音，跟讀1。）
T: Read after the tape， please.
3.（全班大聲齊讀，鞏固所學(xué)單標(biāo)。）
4.（看3a圖，聽錄音，判斷正誤。）
T: Look and listen carefully， fill in the blanks.
（板書。）
（1）He is ________ ________ in the gym in Picture 1.
（2）In picture 2， he is swimming in the ________ ________ .
（3）In picture 3， he is talking to ________ ________ ________ on the Great Wall.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（再放一遍錄音，并給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間準(zhǔn)備，看圖問答。每組請(qǐng)一對(duì)同學(xué)，一句加兩分。）
T: Ask and answer in pairs according to the pictures as possible as you can.
Example：
A: Where is Wen Wei in Picture 1／...?
B: He is...
A: What is he doing?
B: He is...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音，跟讀4a， 4b。讓學(xué)生再復(fù)習(xí)一遍本話題的重難點(diǎn)。）
2.（學(xué)生做2。）
T: Listen carefully and match.
3.（連線后，再讓學(xué)生把這些句子變成否定句、一般疑問句、特殊疑問句并回答。）
Example：
S1: Which place does Jane like best?
S2: I think she likes her bedroom best.
S3: Is Maria singing a song in the classroom?
S4: Yes， she is.
S5: Kangkang is playing soccer in the gym. Is it right or wrong?
S6: It’s wrong. He is playing soccer on the playground.
S7: What are their teachers doing?
S8: They are working in the office.
...
（通過雙人活動(dòng)，學(xué)生充分地掌握了本話題的4a和4b。）
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（布置學(xué)生每人寫一篇海報(bào)。）
2.（展示學(xué)生的海報(bào)并在班上讀出來。）
Example:
Found: A yellow purse is in the Lost and Found Room. Please come to get it at 3∶00 p.m.
today.
(假設(shè)海報(bào)貼出來后，有幾個(gè)同學(xué)前來認(rèn)領(lǐng)錢包。寫海報(bào)的同學(xué)當(dāng)即采訪他們。)
Questions：
（1）What color is the purse?
（2）What’s in the purse?
（3）Where’s the purse?
（4）What time can I get the purse?
Topic 3
Section A
The main activities are 1 and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1.（1）Learn days of the week：
Monday， Tuesday， Wednesday， Thursday， Friday
（2）Learn subjects：
history， math， art， geography， P.E.
2. Review present continuous Wh-questions:
-What class are they having?
-They’re having a music class.
3. Talk about subjects and timetable:
-What time does the class begin?
-At ten o’clock.
-What time does it finish?
-At twenty to eleven.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／圖片／小黑板
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（師生共同說唱，復(fù)習(xí)現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)。）
T: Let’s chant “What are you doing?”
What are you doing now?
I’m singing now.
What are you doing now?
I’m dancing now.
What are you doing now?
I’m walking now.
What are you doing now?
I’m playing now.
（老師一邊唱，一邊做動(dòng)作，全班同學(xué)跟著唱，一起做動(dòng)作，活躍課堂，激發(fā)學(xué)生興趣。）
2.（通過復(fù)習(xí)，導(dǎo)入科目。）
T: What are you doing now?
Ss: We are singing a song.
T： What are we doing now? We can also say “We are having a class now.” What class are
we having? We are having an English class.
(我們正在上什么課？我們正在上英語課。)
（板書劃線部分，英漢對(duì)照，導(dǎo)出新的詞組have an English class。）
T: Do you have an English class every day?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What time does the class begin?
Ss: At ten to eight.
T: What time does the class finish?
Ss: At twenty-five to nine.
（板書劃線部分，引出生詞begin， finish。）
（掛出小黑板，開始呈現(xiàn)科目，練習(xí)問科目，上、下課時(shí)間單詞。）
Subject Time
（begin-finish） What day
English 7∶50-8∶35 every day
Math 8∶45-9∶30 every day
Geography 9∶50-10∶35 Monday
History 10∶45-11∶30 Tuesday
Biology 14∶00-14∶45 Wednesday
Art 14∶55-15∶40 Thursday
P.E. 15∶50-16∶35 Friday
T: Look at the blackboard， answer my questions. Do you have a math class every day?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What time does the class begin?
Ss: At...
T: What time does the class finish?
Ss: At...
T: Now I give you two minutes to practice these sentences. You work in pairs.
（給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間練習(xí)，同桌對(duì)話。一個(gè)同學(xué)問，一個(gè)同學(xué)答，然后交換角色。）
3.（引出表示星期的單詞。）
T: Do you have a Chinese class today?
Ss: Yes， we do.
T: What day is it today?
Ss: It is Monday.
（板書呈現(xiàn)生詞Monday，學(xué)習(xí)詢問今天星期幾及其回答。）
T: What class do we have on Tuesday? 在星期二，我們上什么課？
Ss: History.歷史課。
（幫助學(xué)生回答，并再給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間，練習(xí)星期的表達(dá)法。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)。讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音，可以降低難度。）
What day is it today?
What class are they having?
What time does the class begin?
What time does it finish?
（聽錄音，回答問題。）
Wednesday-have a music class-begin-finish
（將關(guān)鍵詞寫在黑板上，呈現(xiàn)出1，為下一步學(xué)生不看課本自由表演打下基礎(chǔ)。）
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：5分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。
這樣做可以集中學(xué)生注意力，提高效率。）
T: Rub them clean and now read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Go!
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話，提高學(xué)生興趣。）
T: You are Jane. Listen to Helen and make a dialog with her.
4.（學(xué)生兩人一組表演1。）
T: Work in pairs. Look at the blackboard and act the dialog out.
Step 4 Practice第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師把一張漂亮的圖片貼在黑板上，上面是一張英語課程表，下面是六個(gè)問題。）
T: Look at the timetable and answer the questions.
（1）How many lessons do you have every day?
（2）How many English lessons do you have every week?
（3）What time do morning classes begin?
（4）What time is school over?
（5）What is your favorite subject?
（6）How often do you do outdoor activities?
2.（使用動(dòng)作復(fù)習(xí)有關(guān)科目和星期的單詞。）
T: Now， look at me and guess， what am I doing? Which class am I in?
（老師做出唱歌跳舞的動(dòng)作。）
Ss: You are singing and dancing in music class.
T: What day do you have a music class?
Ss: On Wednesday.
（讓一個(gè)同學(xué)做動(dòng)作，另外兩個(gè)同學(xué)一問一答。）
Example：
S1: 做畫畫動(dòng)作。
S2: What is he doing? And which class is he in?
S3: He is drawing pictures in art class.
（小組活動(dòng)進(jìn)行替換操練，完成2b。）
3.（呈現(xiàn)P183的兩幅圖片，雙人活動(dòng)，進(jìn)行對(duì)話練習(xí)。）
T: Let’s read 3 and work in pairs like this：
Examples：
A: What day is it today?
B: It’s...
A: What class are they having?
B: They’re...
A: What time does the class begin?
B: At...
A: What time does the class finish?
B: At...
4.（讓學(xué)生做4。）
T: Listen and fill in the chart.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（做一個(gè)調(diào)查，采訪班上的同學(xué)，了解他們一周中每一天喜歡的科目及原因。）
T: Please design your favorite timetable for a week and fill in the chart.
Time Favorite subject Like／Dislike Reasons What day
8∶00-9∶00 Art Like very much Like drawing pictures Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
2.（學(xué)生完成調(diào)查表格后，把調(diào)查結(jié)果匯報(bào)給全班同學(xué)。）
T: You can report it to your class like this：
On Monday， my favorite subject is art. It begins at eight and finishes at nine. I like it very
much. Because I like drawing pictures.
3. Homework：
(做英語課程表。)
Section B
The main activities are 1a and 2.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn some useful words and expressions：
question， Australia， easy， interesting， difficult， boring
2. Talk about likes and dislikes：
Why do／don’t you like English?
Because it’s easy and interesting.／Because it’s difficult and boring.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids教具
錄音機(jī)／小黑板／卡片／圖片／照片／投影儀
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間：15分鐘）
1.（師生互動(dòng)復(fù)習(xí)舊問候語。）
T: Good morning， class.
Ss: Good morning， Miss...／Mr....
T: What day is it today?
Ss: It is...
T: What class are we having?
Ss: We’re having an English class.
（提問全班男生。）
T: What time does the class begin?
Boys: At...
（提問全班女生。）
T: What time does it finish？
Girls: At...
2.（分組討論問題，復(fù)習(xí)有關(guān)科目、星期的特殊疑問句。）
T: OK， very good! Now take out your schedule， look at it and ask and answer in groups.
取出一個(gè)小黑板，呈現(xiàn)以下問題：
Questions：
（1）How many lessons do you have every day?
（2）How many English／Chinese...lessons do you have every week?
（3）What time is school over?
（4）What is your favorite subject?
（5）How often do you do outdoor activities?
3.（請(qǐng)一組同學(xué)到講臺(tái)上進(jìn)行連鎖問答，第一個(gè)人問，第二個(gè)人答，第二個(gè)人接著問，第
三個(gè)人答。）
4. ①（使用單詞卡片教學(xué)生詞question， Australia， easy, difficult， interesting,boring。）
②（把生詞先變成詞組，再變成句子，進(jìn)行擴(kuò)充操練。）
（出示question的單詞卡。）
Example：
T: Do you have any questions? Yes or no?
Ss: No， we have no questions.
（出示Australia單詞卡。）
T: Australia. I come from Australia.
（出示first單詞卡，指著第一排的第一個(gè)同學(xué)。）
T: You are the first in row one. May I ask you the first question? What do you think of our
school life?
S1: I like the school life.
（出示last單詞卡，指著這一排的最后一個(gè)同學(xué)。）
T: Well done， you are the last one. May I ask you the last question? Do you like the school life?
S2: Yes， I like it， too.
（出示easy和difficult的單詞卡。）
T: Do you like math? Is it easy or difficult?
S3: Yes， I do. It’s easy.
S4: No， I don’t think so. I think it’s difficult.
（出示interesting和boring的單詞卡。）
T: Do you like playing games? Why?
S5: Yes， I do. Because it’s interesting.
T: Wonderful， then do you like learning about the past?
S6: No， I don’t. It’s boring.
③（用情景對(duì)話來復(fù)習(xí)鞏固本課的生詞。假設(shè)班上來了一個(gè)教師Mr.White，請(qǐng)一個(gè)同學(xué)扮演這個(gè)角色，大家來采訪他，一個(gè)同學(xué)問一個(gè)問題，盡量用上新詞。）
Example：
S1: Where do you come from?
Mr.White: I come from Australia.
S2: Are you a teacher?
Mr.White: Yes， I am.
S3: Do you like English?
Mr.White: Yes， I do.
S4: Why do you like English?
Mr.White: Because it’s easy and interesting.
S5: Do you like Chinese?
Mr.White: No， I don’t.
S6: Why don’t you like it?
Mr.White: Because it’s difficult and boring.
Step 2 Presentation第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音。）
T: Listen to the tape， make True（T）or False（F） for these sentences and correct them.
（1）Ms. Jones comes from America.
（2）She teaches English.
（3）She teaches Grade 2.
（4）She has twelve lessons every week.
（5）She likes the school life.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間：10分鐘）
1.（老師放錄音1a，示范讓學(xué)生跟讀，用鉛筆標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Follow the tape and draw “up or down” with your pencil like this.
2.（老師讓學(xué)生擦去所標(biāo)重讀與語調(diào)，先自讀，然后跟錄音一起讀，逐句核對(duì)語音語調(diào)。）
T: Rub them clean and read and check your pronunciation sentence by sentence. Let’s begin.
3.（全班分成兩組操練分別扮演新聞?dòng)?
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇9】
2 give sb sth = give sth to sb 給某人某物 / 把某物給某人
3 help sb do sth 幫助某人作某事 Eg: I want to help my mother do some housework at home.
4 help sb with sth 幫助某人謀事 Eg: I want to help my mother with some housework at home
8 be busy doing sth 忙于做某事 Eg: He is busy listening to the teacher.
① What + is / are + sb?
② What + does/ do + sb + do?
③ What + is/ are + 名詞所有格/ 形容詞性物主代詞 + job?
2 People give me their money or get their money from me.
3 Sometimes I work in the day and sometimes at night.
4 I like talking to people.
5 I work late. I’m very busy when people go out to dinners.
6 Where does your sister work?
7 then we have a job for you as a waiter.
8 Do you want to work for a magazine? Then come and work for us as a reporter.
9 Do you like to work evenings and weekends?
10 We are an international school for children of 5-12.
1 policeman- policemen 2 woman doctor- women doctors 3 thief-thieves
注意:
◎ policeman和policewoman的復(fù)數(shù)形式是policemen和policewo-men，postman 和post woman也是如此
◎如waiter和waitress、actor和actress是有男女區(qū)別的，在形容女士時(shí)要注意
原句:I want to be an actor.
Eg: He wants a book. want to do sth 想要做某事
Eg: She wants to go out. want sb to do sth 想讓某人做某事
want to be …想成為……
Eg:I want to be an actor.
work for sb as a/an…
1、三種人稱：第一人稱(I, we)，第二人稱(you, you)，第三人稱(he, she, it, Maria)。
2、人稱代詞的主格，即人稱代詞位于句子主語位置時(shí)的形態(tài)：I, We, You, You, He, She, It, Maria。
3、人稱代詞的賓格，即人稱代詞位于句子賓語位置時(shí)的形態(tài)：me, us, you, you, him, her, it。
4、形容詞性物主代詞：my, our, your, your, his, her, its, their。
5、名詞性物主代詞：mine, ours, yours, yours, his, hers, its, theirs。
6、反身代詞：myself, ourselves, yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself, themselves。
仁愛七年級(jí)英語教案【篇10】
Topic 3
Section A
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a.
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions about activities of entertainment:
recite a Chinese poem, perform magic tricks, perform kung fu, rock, recitation, yesterday
2. Learn simple past:
Verbs in simple past: played the piano, danced, recited poems, performed magic tricks, sang a song
3. Talk about past events:
A: Did you sing a song?
B: Yes, I did.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)／卡片／掛圖等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
(圖片呈現(xiàn)和復(fù)習(xí)。)
（教師手拿圖片背對(duì)學(xué)生,叫一名學(xué)生到前面來,把看到的圖片做動(dòng)作,讓其它學(xué)生猜出其動(dòng)作,寫出目標(biāo)語言。）
T: Look at this one, do the action.
S1: （手拿話筒做唱歌狀。）
T: Guess like this. Did you...?
S2: Did you sing a song?
S1: Yes, I did.
S3: （做跳舞狀。）
S4: Did you play the guitar?
S3: No, I didn’t.
S5: Did you dance?
S3: Yes, I did.
（練習(xí)四個(gè)圖片,讓學(xué)生初步了解did的用法,然后讓學(xué)生同桌對(duì)話,互相問答。）
T: OK.Now let’s listen to the conversation between Ben and Jane. What did they do at Kangkang’s birthday party?
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
（設(shè)置并板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,激發(fā)聽錄音的興趣。）
How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Did Ben sing a song?
Did Jane recite a Chinese poem at the party?
What did Sally do?
What did Tom do?
How was Kangkang at the party?
T: Listen to the tape. Answer the questions on the blackboard.
（老師放錄音1a,聽一遍,回答問題,板書呈現(xiàn)關(guān)鍵詞。）
birthday party - sing a song - recite a Chinese poem - dance
-performed magic tricks - enjoy the party
T: Listen to the tape again and follow each sentence. Fill in the form.
（清晰每個(gè)主人公在晚會(huì)上所做的事情并完成表格。）
Whose birthday party Who sang a song Who recited
a Chinese poem Who danced Who performed magic tricks
Kangkang Jane Helen Sally Tom
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（再放一次錄音,學(xué)生跟讀標(biāo)出（用鉛筆）重讀與語調(diào)。）
T: Now listen to the tape again and draw“up or down” with your pencil like this: {
Example:
How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
（例子寫在黑板上。）
2.（先自讀一遍對(duì)話,然后跟錄音機(jī)一起讀。）
T: First,I ‘ll give you one minute to read the dialog.
Ss: （大聲朗讀并根據(jù)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞理解整個(gè)對(duì)話。）
T: Follow the tape.
（目的是糾正發(fā)音。）
3.（人機(jī)對(duì)話,放一句問題,學(xué)生回答一句,集中學(xué)生的注意力。）
T: OK. Now let’s make a conversation with the tape.The tape is Ben and you are Jane.
Example:
The tape: How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Ss: It was very nice.
The tape: Did you sing a song?
Ss: Yes. I did. I sang an English song.
The tape: Your Chinese is very good. Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
Ss: No, I didn’t. Helen did.
The tape: What did Sally do?
...
4.（再轉(zhuǎn)換一遍角色把the tape與Ss對(duì)調(diào)。）
T: Now you are Ben and the tape is Jane. Let’s drill.
5.（看黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞,兩人一組進(jìn)行表演1a,不能看書忘記的話可用自己的話去組織,學(xué)會(huì)說英語,學(xué)以致用,對(duì)話的主人公可換自己身邊的人。）
T: Work in pairs, close your books. Look at the blackboard and act out the dialog. Boys, girls, please.
Boys: How was Kangkang’s birthday party?
Girls: It was very nice.
...
S1: How was Taochang’s birthday party?
S2: Very nice.
...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（讓學(xué)生獨(dú)立做2,自主學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Now work alone, do it by yourselves.
（I）... Have you finished?
Ss: Yes.
T: Let’s check the answers....
2.（1）（一個(gè)同學(xué)做動(dòng)作,另一個(gè)同學(xué)猜,并用陳述句板書在黑板上,句子呈現(xiàn)動(dòng)詞過去時(shí)的一般規(guī)律瞖d。）
T: Now I’ll call two of you, one does action, the other guesses what he did. And speak it out.
S1: （做打排球的動(dòng)作）
S2: Did you play volleyball?
S1: Yes. You are right.
T: We can say: He played volleyball.
...
He played volleyball.sang a song
He performed magic tricks.read a book
He enjoyed the party.
（從上述三個(gè)句子讓學(xué)生總結(jié)出動(dòng)詞過去式變化的一般規(guī)律,動(dòng)詞+ed。）
T: Who can tell me the rules of verbs?
（2）（老師呈現(xiàn)幾個(gè)圖片,體現(xiàn)動(dòng)詞過去式的第二種變化形式以e結(jié)尾+d。）
T: Look at these pictures and find out the rules of verbs.
（3）（呈現(xiàn)以輔音+y結(jié)尾的動(dòng)詞,讓學(xué)生了解其過去式的變化,把y變i+ed。）
T: Look at these sentences and see how to change them.
She flies a kite→She flied a kite.
He tries his best to do his homework.→He tried his best to do his homework.
（4）（老師做動(dòng)作,讓學(xué)生猜出動(dòng)作的動(dòng)詞短語,用動(dòng)詞過去式表現(xiàn)特殊變化。）
T: This time I do action, you guess, the first one.
S1: Sang a song.
T: The second one.
S2: Read a book.
（讓學(xué)生猜對(duì)后,板書在黑板上面。）
（5）（總結(jié)一般過去式的動(dòng)詞變化規(guī)律,學(xué)生通過上述活動(dòng)自己歸納總結(jié)。）
T: Sum up the changes of verb.
（一般過去時(shí),動(dòng)詞變化有規(guī)律。①詞尾+ed；②以e結(jié)尾，直接+d；③輔音+y，把y變 i, 再+ed,不規(guī)則變化特殊記。）
（同時(shí)板書①②③。）
3.（讓學(xué)生看2a的節(jié)目單,給兩分鐘時(shí)間,了解節(jié)目出演情況并填空。）
T: Look at the program list and fill in the blanks with proper form.
4.（讓四名學(xué)生回答填空的答案,每人一句。）
T: Check the answers.
S1: ...didn’t play...
S2: ...played...sang...
S3: ...recited...danced...
S4: ...performed...was...
T: Very good!（表揚(yáng)學(xué)生,激勵(lì)學(xué)生貫穿始終,讓學(xué)生感到學(xué)習(xí)的快樂。）
5.（讓學(xué)生看2a的節(jié)目單,兩人一組做對(duì)話。）
T: Now let’s do oral work in pairs, Look at the program list and make conversation with your partner like this:
A: Hi, Maria, did you go to Kangkang’s party?
B: Yes, I did.
A: Did you play the guitar?
B: No, I didn’t. I played the piano.
T: Ready?You two. Use your own name.
S1: ×× ,did you perform kung fu?
S2: No, I didn’t. I performed magic tricks.
...
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（做游戲。）
T: Make an action and let your partners guess what you did at ×× party.
A: Did you play the piano?
B: No. I didn’t.
A: Did you play the guitar?
B: Yes, I did. It’s your turn.
...
2.（根據(jù)自己過生日的情景,做一個(gè)report,可結(jié)合1a／2a填空部分復(fù)述。）
T: Stop here! Let’s do a report like this:
At my friend Xiao Hua’s birthday party, I played the guitar and Li sang a pop song “Qilixiang”.Some girls danced with music... Xiao Hua was very happy. And we had a good time.
S1: ...
3.（彈性課堂,讓學(xué)生回家調(diào)查自己父母是如何過生日的,寫一篇父母親的生日的作文。運(yùn)用自己學(xué)過的所有知識(shí)。）
4.（家庭作業(yè),預(yù)習(xí)下一個(gè)Section B 的生詞。）
Section B
The main activities are 1a and 2a.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和2a。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions:
fall, dirty, happen, himself, night, daddy, lie, tell a lie
2. Talk about past events:
I fell down.
I didn’t hear you.
Did you hurt yourself?Yes, I did.
No, I didn’t.
What time did you come back last night?
Why did you come back so late?
3. Talk about blame and complaint:
Why did you come back so late?
How could you lie to me?
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
錄音機(jī)／簡(jiǎn)筆畫／卡片／掛圖等
Ⅲ. Five瞗inger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1. 方案a（用section A部分1a復(fù)習(xí)Kangkang生日晚會(huì)的情況,寫出Kangkang生日的另一項(xiàng)活動(dòng)。）
T: At Kangkang’s birthday party.
（老師手拿圖片,正面人物,背面動(dòng)詞短語,和同學(xué)一同回憶在康康的生日晚會(huì)上他們都做了哪些活動(dòng)。）
Ss: Helen recited a Chinese poem,
Jane sang a song,
Sally danced,
Tom performed magic tricks.
T: After that, Kangkang played a game “musical chair” with his classmates. Do you want to know what happened to Michael?Now let’s listen to the conversation among Michael,Jane, Kangkang and Maria.
方案b（以musical chair游戲?qū)懗?a對(duì)話。）
T: Today we’ll play a game named “musical chair”.
Listen to the music, run around the chairs. When music stops, sit down on the chair beside you.
（事先組織好學(xué)生在教室的空地,放好五把椅子,讓六個(gè)學(xué)生來做游戲,看誰最后獲勝。）
T: OK. Now stop! ×× is the winner. Clap your hands for him／her. Go back to your seat. At Kangkang’s birthday party, Kangkang also played this game with Michael, Maria and Jane. Do you want to know who was the winner? And what happened to Michael?Who lost the game? Now let’s listen to the conversation among them. Listen carefully. Begin.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
（設(shè)置板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,激發(fā)聽錄音的興趣。）
Who missed the chair?
Did he hurt himself?
Can he stand up?
Who let him wash his hands?
T: Listen to the tape, answer the questions on the blackboard.
（老師放錄音1a,回答問題,板書呈現(xiàn)關(guān)鍵詞。）
missed the chair-fell down-hurt yourself-stand up-dirty-washroom
T: Please open your book, look at the picture on Page 71 for one minute, then listen to the conversation again, try to follow the conversation.
（第二遍清楚對(duì)話者所說話語,為下面復(fù)述或?qū)υ捵鳒?zhǔn)備。）
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（再放一次錄音,看黑板上的重點(diǎn)詞組并跟讀。）
T: Look at the main phrases on the blackboard. Listen to the tape again and follow.
2.（打開書給一分鐘自己讀對(duì)話。）
T: Now read the conversation by yourselves on Page 71.I’ll give you one minute.
3.（糾正發(fā)音。）
T: Follow the tape again.
4.（看黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞,四人一組進(jìn)行表演1a,不看書根據(jù)自己的理解和記憶表演,也可加入自己的語言、情感,在學(xué)中用,為了用而學(xué)。）
（1）T: Work in groups,close your books. Look at the key words on the blackboard. Act out the dialog.
S1: ...
S2: ...
S3: ...
S4: ...
（2）T: Look at the pictures, get the key sentences, then make conversation in groups.（合作精神的培養(yǎng)和學(xué)習(xí)。）
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（聽錄音讓學(xué)生獨(dú)立做1b,自主學(xué)習(xí)的培養(yǎng)。）
T: Now work alone, do 1b by yourselves, check the statements to know what happened to Michael at the party.
Ss: √ missed the chair √ fell down
couldn’t stand up √ washed his hands
√ was OK hurt himself
2.（復(fù)述對(duì)話,培養(yǎng)學(xué)生遷移能力。）
T: Make a report to retell the story,you can begin like this:
At Kangkang’s birthday party, they played a game...
3. 我們知道了Michael在康康生日會(huì)musical chair游戲中的遭遇,下面我們?cè)賮砹私庖幌翵udy昨晚做些什么,又遭遇了什么?？磮D,或自做一幅圖片讓學(xué)生猜究竟發(fā)生了什么？激發(fā)學(xué)生的興趣。
T: At Kangkang’s birthday party, we know Michael missed the chair and fell down, but what happened to Judy last night? Look at the picture,can you guess?
4.（由圖片上的目標(biāo)語言猜出了Judy晚歸,從而導(dǎo)出blame and complain。）
（1）（設(shè)置板書聽力任務(wù),讓學(xué)生帶著任務(wù)聽錄音,集中注意力。）
Did Judy go to a movie with Alice and Lisa?
If no, what did she do?
（2）（聽錄音,回答問題,板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
T: Listen to the tape, answer the questions on the blackboard.
F J
What time half past ten
Why late video games
How lie went to a movie
（3）（再聽一遍錄音,看板書關(guān)鍵詞。）
T: Listen to the tape again,follow the conversation.
（回答黑板上的問題,并掌握責(zé)備和報(bào)怨的句型。）
What time did she come back?
Half past ten.
Midnight.
What did Judy do last night?
She went to play video games.
She went to a movie with Alice and Lisa.
Why did you come back so late?
How could you lie to me?
（4）（根據(jù)對(duì)話改寫一篇短文填空,目的是練習(xí)過去時(shí)否定式。）
T: Last night Judy came back home late. She get home at half past ten, so her father hear her. Judy said she went to a movie with Alice and Lisa, but she go to a movie. She told a lie.In fact, she went to play video games.
（5）（兩人一組做對(duì)話練習(xí)合作學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Work in pairs to practice the dialog.
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（做一項(xiàng)調(diào)查并填表,練習(xí)對(duì)話。）
never seldom sometimes often usually always
Judy
（首先,讓學(xué)生分四人組做一個(gè)調(diào)查報(bào)告 Did you ever come home so late at night? Did you ever tell a lie?完成上表,然后全體集體調(diào)查,讓學(xué)生問How many students never／seldom／sometimes...?最后任意抽查學(xué)生向大家匯報(bào)。）
In our class 20 students tell a lie once, 5 students never.
2.（教師鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生說實(shí)話,正視自己所犯的錯(cuò)誤,并以自己為例告訴學(xué)生,不要說謊,要做誠(chéng)實(shí)的孩子,培養(yǎng)情感態(tài)度和正確的價(jià)值觀。）
T: Did you ever tell a lie?Why?
3.（讓學(xué)生根據(jù)自己撒過的謊進(jìn)行反思,并寫出危害,回到家里及時(shí)和父母溝通,增進(jìn)父母與孩子的感情。）
T: Write a passage about a lie and read it to your parents.
4.（介紹一些有關(guān)撒謊的習(xí)慣說法。）
It’s good to tell a white lie（善意的謊言）.
Telling lie is bad.
Cheating others is cheating ourselves.
5.（家庭作業(yè),預(yù)習(xí)下一課單詞和動(dòng)詞的過去式。）
T: Here is your homework, preview the new words and the past form of verbs.
Section C
The main activities are 1a and 1b.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1a和1b。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Learn the new words and expressions:
silent, blow, blow out,breath, lose
2. Learn the irregular past form of verbs:
is→was are→were have→had give→gave make→made sit→sat blow→blew send→sent come→came do→did sing→sang lose→lost buy→bought
3. Talk about birthday party celebration.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
圖片／掛圖／彩色粉筆等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review 第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
（老師詢問學(xué)生們是怎樣過自己的生日的,活躍課堂氣氛。）
1.（復(fù)習(xí)Section A、B中Kangkang的生日慶祝方式及做了哪些游戲,教師和學(xué)生一起回顧,用卡片／圖畫協(xié)助回顧。）（圖略）
（展現(xiàn)Section B中1a的“musical chair”的游戲圖。）
T: Have you remembered what they did at Kangkang’s birthday party?
Ss: Jane sang a song,Helen recited a Chinese poem, Sally danced, Tom performed magic
tricks, and Kangkang also played a game “Musical Chair” with his classmates.（幫助學(xué)
生用正確的動(dòng)詞過去式。）
T: What happened to Michael in the game?
Ss: Michael missed the chair and fell down, he lost the game.
T: Good!
2.（教師把73頁的圖片（圍坐在桌旁吃蛋糕的畫面）掛在黑板上,讓學(xué)生看Kangkang過生日時(shí)的一幅場(chǎng)景,激發(fā)興趣。）
T: Now look at the picture on the blackboard. How did Kangkang celebrate his birthday party? How old was Kangkang?
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（學(xué)生討論后,教師把過生日的關(guān)鍵詞板書在黑板上為學(xué)生復(fù)述作準(zhǔn)備。）
last Saturday→At Kangkang’s home→his friends
（when） （where） （who）
gave birthday cards→sang songs, danced and played games
sat around the cake→made a silent wish
blew the candles out→had a good time
（what） （how）
2.（讓學(xué)生聽錄音1a,設(shè)置板書,讓學(xué)生帶著問題去聽,并回答問題。）
What did his parents buy for us?
What did the children send to Kangkang?
Did Kangkang like the birthday cards?
How many candles were there?
Who blew out the candles?
T: Now I’ll give you 3 minutes to listen to the tape and read the passage. And then answer the questions.
3.（老師檢查問題答案。）
T: Have you finished? Let’s check the answers.
S1: Foods, drinks and fruits.
S2: Many presents...birthday cards.
...
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（根據(jù)黑板上的關(guān)鍵詞讓學(xué)生不看書復(fù)述課文,用自己組織的語言。體現(xiàn)了學(xué)以致用。）
T: Use the key words on the blackboard. Try to retell the passage.
S1: Last Saturday, Kangkang celebrated his birthday at his home, and his friends sent presents to him.
（學(xué)生不會(huì)表達(dá)的詞匯,老師給予幫助,體現(xiàn)教師和學(xué)生的關(guān)系,教師是主導(dǎo),學(xué)生是主體。）
2.（再讓學(xué)生閱讀一遍短文,邊讀邊圈出文章中的動(dòng)詞,為做1b準(zhǔn)備。）
T: Read the passage again, circle the verb in it.
Example:
It was Kangkang’s birthday last Saturday. His parents bought lots of food and drinks for us...
3.（讓學(xué)生獨(dú)自做 1b,自主學(xué)習(xí)。）
T: Now do 1b by yourselves, two minutes.
4.（教師檢查1b的答案,并對(duì)錯(cuò)的給予更正。）
T: Let’s check the answers.
Is are have give make sit blow send
Was were had gave made sat blew sent
Come do like dance play sing lose buy
Came did liked danced played sang lost bought
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（把不規(guī)則變化的動(dòng)詞制成卡片,強(qiáng)化練習(xí),看到原形說出過去式,看到過去式說出原形,以快速搶答的形式進(jìn)行練習(xí),具體操作如下。）
正面
sing
反面
sang
T: Now let’s flash cards, answer quickly.
2.（給學(xué)生兩分鐘時(shí)間,做2填空題。）
T: Now work alone 2 by yourselves.
3.（核對(duì)答案。）
T: Let’s check the answers.
4.（根據(jù)閱讀填表,遷移能力培養(yǎng)。）
Whose Where Who What How
Birthday (在哪兒) （都有誰） （干了什么） （最后怎樣）
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合探究活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 15分鐘）
1.（結(jié)合1a和2的短文,寫一篇關(guān)于自己過生日的短文,使用一般過去時(shí)。）
T: Write a passage about your birthday party, at least 50 words.
2.（老師問學(xué)生今天有沒有過生日的同學(xué),如有,大家共唱生日快樂歌送給他／她。）
T: Is today anybody’s birthday?Hands up.
Let’s sing songs for her.“Happy Birthday.”
3.（彈性課堂brain storming,把所有關(guān)于過生日的詞匯快速說出,最后列出鏈圖,兩分鐘時(shí)間說出最多的詞匯。）
Example:
S: birthday-presents-cake-candle-...
4. Home work:
（預(yù)習(xí)Section D的內(nèi)容。
（1）找出在Kangkang生日晚會(huì)上他們所做活動(dòng)的一切動(dòng)詞短語。
①慶?；顒?dòng)；②游戲活動(dòng)；③生日慶祝過程
（2）動(dòng)詞的規(guī)則變化與不規(guī)則變化。
（3）布置一分鐘對(duì)話,work in pairs,用上本topic的主要句型。
Section D
The main activities are 1,2 and 5.本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)是1,2和5。
Ⅰ. Teaching aims and demands 教學(xué)目標(biāo)
1. Review the words and phrases of topic 3:
recite poems, perform magic tricks, perform kung fu, rock song, fall down, dirty,happen, hurt himself／yourself, night, lie,play video games, silent,in one breath, lose,blow out
2. Review the simple past（行為動(dòng)詞）:
Jane played the guitar.
I missed the chair.
I didn’t hear you.
Did you play the guitar?
Yes, I did.
Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
No, I didn’t.
What did Sally do?
She danced.
3. Review birthday party celebration.
Ⅱ. Teaching aids 教具
卡片／錄音機(jī)／簡(jiǎn)筆畫等
Ⅲ. Five-finger Teaching Plan 五指教學(xué)方案
Step 1 Review第一步 復(fù)習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（頭腦風(fēng)暴: 教師根據(jù)Topic 3 birthday party的慶祝活動(dòng)游戲和生日慶祝過程,運(yùn)用卡片、圖畫提示,讓學(xué)生在限定的時(shí)間內(nèi),運(yùn)用集體智慧,全部說出所學(xué)知識(shí),活躍課堂氣氛。）
T: According to the activities of celebration, entertainment and the processes of a birthday party,let’s do a brain torming. First speak out the sentences of how to celebrate Kangkang’s birthday as many as possible. Only one minute, begin.（結(jié)合Section A 1a和2a。）
S1: Jane played the guitar and sang a song,er...
S2: Helen recited a Chinese poem.
S3: Kangkang performed kung fu and enjoyed the party.
S4: Tom performed magic tricks.
S5: Maria performed ballet and played the piano...
S6: ...
T: Time is up! Well done! Let’s review together.
Ss: Jane played the guitar and sang a song.
Maria played the piano and performed ballet.
...
T: Second, speak out the verbs or verb phrases of “musical chairs”.（分兩組進(jìn)行,看哪組說的多。）
Group A S1: Missed the chair, fell down er...
Group B S1: Hurt yourself, stand up, walk and wash hands.
T: Good job!
T: Find out the verbs of how to celebrate Kangkang’s birthday in turns, all together,one minute.（設(shè)置板書。）
was...bought...sent...gave...made...liked...sang...danced...
played...was...were...sat...made...blew...had
2.（由上面板書過渡到動(dòng)詞過去式的規(guī)則變化和不規(guī)則變化。）
T: Now distingwish which are regular,which are irregular.Who would like to answer the questions?
SA: Liked, danced, played are regular.
Was, were, sent, bought, gave, made, sang, sat, blew, had are irregular.
（過渡到下一步。）
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈現(xiàn)（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（看Section D的1并聽錄音,跟讀。）
T: What else are regular? Think it over.
S1: Missed.
S2: Performed,I don’t know the others.
T: OK. Now let’s look at Page 75,1. Listen and follow.
S3: Oh, so many.
T: Let’s listen to the tape and follow.
2.（引導(dǎo)學(xué)生總結(jié)動(dòng)詞+ed的讀音規(guī)則。）
T: Look at the words, please find out the rules of pronunciation.
S1: 輕輔音結(jié)尾+ed讀成／t／。
S2: 元音和濁輔音結(jié)尾+ed讀成／d／。
S3: 以t或d結(jié)尾+ed讀成／id／。
T: Great!We can say “輕／t／濁／d／,t、d讀／id／”。
3.（獨(dú)立做3聽力部分。）
T: Listen to the tape and fill in the blanks with the information you hear.
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 鞏固（時(shí)間: 5分鐘）
1.（老師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生用過去時(shí)表述昨天做了什么事,鞏固動(dòng)詞過去式,可以是1部分的,也可是擴(kuò)展的動(dòng)詞。）
T: Use you own words to express one thing that you did yesterday.
（分四人小組進(jìn)行,然后每組找學(xué)生出一個(gè)學(xué)生代表對(duì)全班進(jìn)行匯報(bào),時(shí)間為兩分鐘。）
Group A: S1: I read the book.
She played the guitar.
Li Ping played the piano.
Xiaoxiao watched TV.
Group B: S1: ...
...
...
2. T: OK. Now write down one thing that you didn’t do last week.
（分四人小組,然后找出一組的另外一人匯報(bào),給兩分鐘時(shí)間。）
T: Time is up.
Group A: S2: I didn’t listen to music.
She didn’t play football.
Li Ping didn’t draw pictures.
Wang Yi didn’t watch TV.
Group B: S2: Xiao Hua didn’t play video games.
Lingling didn’t go to a movie.
Ivan didn’t tell a lie.
I didn’t listen to the tape.
Group C: S2: ...
...
...
T: Wonderful! Each group does well. Whose speaking is the best?whose handwriting is the best?
（學(xué)生評(píng)出最佳演講者,書法最佳以及在合作學(xué)習(xí)中表現(xiàn)最好的小組。）
S1: I think our group is the best.
S2: I think Ivan’s speaking is the best.
S3: I think Group C’s handwriting is the best.
S4: ...
Step 4 Practice 第四步 練習(xí)（時(shí)間: 10分鐘）
1.（兩人一組做對(duì)話,練習(xí)疑問句,轉(zhuǎn)化成自己的語言。）
T: Work in pairs, make a conversation like this:
SA: Did you play the guitar?
SB: Yes, I did.
SA: Did you recite a Chinese poem at the party?
SB: No, I didn’t.
T: Practice for two minutes... stop here! You two!
S1: Did you play video games?
S2: No, I didn’t.
S1: Did you watch TV?
S2: Yes, I did.
（兩者角色相互轉(zhuǎn)換,對(duì)調(diào)練習(xí)。）
…
2.（接龍游戲,全班同學(xué)圍成一個(gè)圓形,練習(xí)過去時(shí)的特殊疑問句。）
T: Let’s play a game, begin like this:
S1: I played football yesterday. What did you do?
S2: I watched TV. What did you do?
S3: I listened to the tape. What did you do?
...
T: You are wonderful!
3.（讓學(xué)生通過觀察,每個(gè)小組所寫的肯否形式,以及通過對(duì)話和游戲所感受的疑問句及答語,歸納總結(jié)出一般過去時(shí)的用法。）
（設(shè)置板書,根據(jù)提示總結(jié),用紅筆突出重點(diǎn)部分。）
T: Let’s sum up the simple past. Giving an example is OK.
S: Volunteers?
肯/ 否 問 答
I played the guitar.I didn’t play the guitar. Did you play the guitar?
Yes, I did.
No, I didn’t. What did you do?
Step 5 Project 第五步 綜合實(shí)踐活動(dòng)（時(shí)間: 15分鐘）
1.（根據(jù)第四步的2的活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)一個(gè)調(diào)查表,做報(bào)告。）
watched TV played football played basketball sang a song read the books
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
T: Make a survey of the whole class, then do a report, begin as the following:
In our class, fifteen students watched TV...
2.（根據(jù)復(fù)習(xí)的內(nèi)容,讓學(xué)生完成2,使學(xué)生了解寫信的格式。）
T: Suppose you are Kangkang. Please write a letter back to your friend Lulu.
230 Xisi Lane
Xisi Street
Beijing 100090
May 19th
Dear Lulu,
How are you?
Thank you for your birthday card. We had a wonderful party in my home yesterday...
Best wishes,
Kangkang
3.（舉行班級(jí)生日晚會(huì),讓學(xué)生根據(jù)班級(jí)舉行的生日晚會(huì)實(shí)況寫一篇短文,不少于60詞。包括when, where, who, what, how這幾個(gè)方面。）
T: Let’s have a birthday party. After that,please write a passage about the class birthday party.Your writing should include who, what, when, where, how.